TW202241700A - Adhesive sheet for jig fixation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for producing chip provided with protective film - Google Patents

Adhesive sheet for jig fixation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for producing chip provided with protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202241700A
TW202241700A TW111109967A TW111109967A TW202241700A TW 202241700 A TW202241700 A TW 202241700A TW 111109967 A TW111109967 A TW 111109967A TW 111109967 A TW111109967 A TW 111109967A TW 202241700 A TW202241700 A TW 202241700A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
film
adhesive
sheet
aforementioned
Prior art date
Application number
TW111109967A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
山下茂之
小橋力也
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW202241700A publication Critical patent/TW202241700A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)

Abstract

An adhesive sheet for jig fixation (1) to be used in a composite sheet for protective film formation equipped with a protective film-forming film, wherein the adhesive sheet for jig fixation is configured by laminating a first adhesive agent layer (161), a core material film (162), and a second adhesive agent layer (163), in that order, in the thickness direction thereof, and the adhesive sheet for jig fixation (1) has a ratio (Ah/Bh) of the breaking strength (Ah) determined from a tensile test of a test piece after heating for two hours at 130 DEG C and the 180 DEG adhesive peel strength (Bh) to SUS304 of a test piece after heating for two hours at 130 DEG C of 1.25 or more.

Description

治具固定用黏著片、保護膜形成用複合片、以及具保護膜之晶片的製造方法Adhesive sheet for jig fixing, composite sheet for forming protective film, and wafer with protective film

本發明係關於一種治具固定用黏著片、具備使用前述治具固定用黏著片所形成之治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片、以及具保護膜之晶片的製造方法。 本案係基於2021年3月22日於日本提出申請之日本特願2021-047594號而主張優先權,將該申請案之內容援用於此。 The present invention relates to an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig formed using the adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film. This case claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-047594 filed in Japan on March 22, 2021, and the content of the application is incorporated herein.

近年來,進行使用被稱為所謂面朝下(facedown)方式之構裝法之半導體裝置的製造。於面朝下方式之中,使用於電路面上具有凸塊等電極之半導體晶片,使前述電極與基板進行接合。因此,有時與半導體晶片之電路面為相反側之內面成為裸露。In recent years, semiconductor devices have been manufactured using a packaging method called a so-called face-down method. In the face-down method, a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on the circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to the substrate. Therefore, the inner surface on the side opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer may be exposed.

於該裸露之半導體晶片之內面,在切割步驟或封裝之後,為防止於半導體晶片之中產生龜裂,有時形成有含有有機材料之樹脂膜,作為具保護膜之半導體晶片而被納入半導體裝置中。於具保護膜之半導體晶片之製造加工用途中,係使用組合了保護膜形成膜與切割帶之保護膜形成用複合片(例如專利文獻1)。On the inner surface of the bare semiconductor wafer, after the dicing step or packaging, in order to prevent cracks in the semiconductor wafer, sometimes a resin film containing an organic material is formed, and it is incorporated as a semiconductor wafer with a protective film device. A composite sheet for protective film formation combining a protective film forming film and a dicing tape is used for the production and processing of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film (for example, Patent Document 1).

例如,如圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101,係在具有基材11之支撐片10上具備保護膜形成膜13,而在保護膜形成膜13之周緣部附近之區域上具備用以固定於環型框等固定用治具之治具用黏著劑層16。亦可在保護膜形成膜13上以及治具用黏著劑層16上積層剝離膜15。另外,治具用黏著劑層16係可具有第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、以及第二黏著劑層163依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之多層結構。芯材膜162多為聚氯乙烯製(例如專利文獻1)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] For example, the composite sheet 101 for forming a protective film as shown in FIG. The jig adhesive layer 16 fixed to the fixing jig such as the ring frame. The release film 15 may be laminated on the protective film forming film 13 and the adhesive layer 16 for jigs. In addition, the jig adhesive layer 16 may have a multilayer structure in which the first adhesive layer 161 , the core material film 162 , and the second adhesive layer 163 are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction thereof. The core film 162 is often made of polyvinyl chloride (for example, Patent Document 1). [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2016-15456號公報。[Patent Document 1] Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-15456.

[發明所欲解決之課題][Problem to be Solved by the Invention]

在使用具備保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片來製造具保護膜之晶片時,例如,首先如圖5A以及圖5B所示,藉由將保護膜形成用複合片101中之治具用黏著劑層16貼附於固定用治具18,且將保護膜形成用複合片101中之保護膜形成膜13貼附於半導體晶圓等工件9之內面9b,藉此製作在支撐片10上有保護膜形成膜13以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第一積層複合片501。When using a protective film forming composite sheet equipped with a protective film forming film to manufacture a wafer with a protective film, for example, first, as shown in FIGS. The adhesive layer 16 is attached to the jig 18 for fixing, and the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the workpiece 9 such as a semiconductor wafer, thereby making the supporting sheet 10 There is a first laminated composite sheet 501 formed by laminating the protective film forming film 13 and the workpiece 9 sequentially in the thickness direction.

例如,若保護膜形成膜13為熱硬化性時,將第一積層複合片501之周緣部藉由治具用黏著劑層16貼附於固定用治具18之狀態下,對第一積層複合片501進行加熱(圖5C)。藉此,藉由使保護膜形成膜13熱硬化而形成保護膜13’,如圖5D所示,製作由支撐片10、保護膜13’以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第二積層複合片502。For example, if the protective film-forming film 13 is thermosetting, the peripheral edge of the first laminated composite sheet 501 is attached to the jig 18 for fixing through the adhesive layer 16 for the jig, and the first laminated composite sheet is composited. Sheet 501 is heated (FIG. 5C). In this way, the protective film 13' is formed by thermally curing the protective film forming film 13. As shown in FIG. The second laminated composite sheet 502 .

然後,使第二積層複合片502進行冷卻,之後,如圖5E所示,於支撐片10上將第二積層複合片502中之工件9加以分割,而將保護膜13’切斷。藉由以上方式,製作這些多個具保護膜之晶片901被固定在支撐片10上之第三積層複合片503。Then, the second laminated composite sheet 502 is cooled, and then, as shown in FIG. 5E , the workpiece 9 in the second laminated composite sheet 502 is divided on the support sheet 10, and the protective film 13' is cut. Through the above method, the third laminated composite sheet 503 in which the plurality of wafers 901 with protective films are fixed on the supporting sheet 10 is manufactured.

然後,如圖5F所示,藉由將第三積層複合片503中之具保護膜之晶片901自支撐片10扯離而進行拾取。針對目標之所有具保護膜之晶片901進行具保護膜之晶片901的拾取之後,自第三積層複合片503扯離具保護膜之晶片901後殘留之第四積層複合片504係如圖5G所示,藉由治具用黏著劑層16而維持貼附於固定用治具18之狀態。如圖5H所示,藉由將第四積層複合片504自固定用治具18剝離,固定用治具18係回到圖5A再度被使用。Then, as shown in FIG. 5F , pick-up is performed by tearing off the wafer 901 with a protective film in the third laminated composite sheet 503 from the supporting sheet 10 . After picking up the wafers 901 with the protective film for all the wafers 901 with the protective film of the target, the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 remaining after tearing off the wafers 901 with the protective film from the third laminated composite sheet 503 is as shown in FIG. 5G As shown, the state of being attached to the jig 18 for fixing is maintained by the adhesive layer 16 for the jig. As shown in FIG. 5H , by peeling the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 from the fixing jig 18 , the fixing jig 18 is returned to FIG. 5A and used again.

若使用先前的具備熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片來將保護膜形成膜進行熱硬化,則治具用黏著劑層16與固定用治具18之間的黏著力變強,在將第四積層複合片504自固定用治具18剝離時,由於施加強的張力,故如圖7所示,會分成殘留在固定用治具18之側之治具用黏著劑層16與剝離至第四積層複合片504之側之治具用黏著劑層16,治具用黏著劑層16有斷裂之虞。When the protective film forming film is thermally cured using a conventional protective film forming composite sheet provided with a thermosetting protective film forming film, the adhesive force between the jig adhesive layer 16 and the fixing jig 18 becomes stronger. , when the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 is peeled off from the jig 18 for fixing, since strong tension is applied, as shown in FIG. The adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs peeled to the side of the 4th laminated composite sheet 504 may break|break the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs.

即使在保護膜形成膜非為熱硬化性之情形時,在製造保護膜晶片時,由於將第一積層複合片501進行長時間保存、或是進行加熱處理,治具用黏著劑層16與固定用治具18之間之黏著力變強,在將第四積層複合片504自固定用治具18剝離時,由於施加強的張力,治具用黏著劑層16有斷裂之虞。若治具用黏著劑層16斷裂,則如圖7所示,導致分成剝離至第四積層複合片504之側之治具用黏著劑層16與殘留在固定用治具18之側之治具用黏著劑層16。為了再利用固定用治具18,必須將殘留在固定用治具18之側之治具用黏著劑層16剝離,而成為多餘的負荷。Even when the protective film forming film is not thermosetting, when the protective film wafer is manufactured, since the first laminated composite sheet 501 is stored for a long time or heat-treated, the adhesive layer 16 for the jig and the fixed The adhesive force between the jigs 18 becomes stronger, and when the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 is peeled off from the fixing jig 18, the adhesive layer 16 for the jig may break due to strong tension. If the jig adhesive layer 16 breaks, as shown in FIG. Layer 16 with adhesive. In order to reuse the fixing jig 18 , it is necessary to peel off the jig adhesive layer 16 remaining on the side of the fixing jig 18 , which becomes an unnecessary load.

本發明的目的在於提供一種治具固定用黏著片、具備使用前述治具固定用黏著片而形成之治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片、以及具保護膜之晶片的製造方法;前述治具固定用黏著片係具有芯材膜,使用前述治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片,用於製造具保護膜之晶片時,治具用黏著劑層可不斷裂地自固定用治具輕易剝離。 [用以解決課題之手段] The object of the present invention is to provide an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig formed using the adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film; The aforementioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing has a core material film, and the aforementioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing is used to form a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for jig, and when used to manufacture a wafer with a protective film, the jig The adhesive layer can be easily peeled off from the fixing jig without breaking. [Means to solve the problem]

本發明係提供如以下之治具固定用黏著片、保護膜形成用複合片、以及具保護膜之晶片的製造方法。The present invention provides the following adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film.

[1]一種治具固定用黏著片,係用於具備保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片;係第一黏著劑層、芯材膜、第二黏著劑層依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成;前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂強度(Ah)相對於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片對SUS304之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)之比(Ah/Bh)為1.25以上。 [2]如[1]所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)為2.0N/10mm至12N/10mm。 [3]如[1]或[2]所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述斷裂強度(Ah)為6N/10mm以上。 [4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層係由含有丙烯酸樹脂之治具用黏著劑組成物所形成,前述丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量為70萬以上。 [5]如[1]至[4]中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述丙烯酸樹脂不具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元。 [1] An adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, which is used for a protective film forming composite sheet provided with a protective film forming film; the first adhesive layer, the core material film, and the second adhesive layer are sequentially arranged in the thickness direction of these It is composed of laminated layers; the breaking strength (Ah) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece after the above-mentioned fixture fixing adhesive sheet is heated at 130°C for 2 hours is relative to the 180° of the test piece after heating at 130°C for 2 hours to SUS304 The ratio (Ah/Bh) of the pull-off adhesive force (Bh) is 1.25 or more. [2] The adhesive sheet for fixture fixing as described in [1], wherein the 180° tear-off adhesive force (Bh) is 2.0N/10mm to 12N/10mm. [3] The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig according to [1] or [2], wherein the breaking strength (Ah) is 6 N/10 mm or more. [4] The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are composed of an adhesive for a jig containing an acrylic resin The weight average molecular weight of the aforesaid acrylic resin is more than 700,000. [5] The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the acrylic resin does not have a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid.

[6]如[1]至[5]中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述芯材膜之構成材料係包含直鏈低密度聚乙烯、無延伸聚丙烯或聚氯乙烯。 [7]如[1]至[6]中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(Xh)為100%以上。 [8]如[1]至[7]中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(Xh)相對於加熱前之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(X0)之比(Xh/X0)為0.10至1.50。 [6] The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig as described in any one of [1] to [5], wherein the constituent material of the core film is linear low-density polyethylene, non-stretched polypropylene, or polyvinyl chloride . [7] The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig as described in any one of [1] to [6], wherein the above-mentioned adhesive sheet for fixing a jig is obtained by a tensile test on a test piece after heating at 130°C for 2 hours The elongation at break (Xh) is above 100%. [8] The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig as described in any one of [1] to [7], wherein the above-mentioned adhesive sheet for fixing a jig is obtained by a tensile test on a test piece after heating at 130°C for 2 hours The ratio (Xh/X0) of the elongation at break (Xh) to the elongation at break (X0) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece before heating is 0.10 to 1.50.

[9]一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備:支撐片、設置於前述支撐片的一側之面上之保護膜形成膜、以及設置於前述支撐片的前述一側之面上或設置於前述保護膜形成膜中與前述支撐片為相反側的第一面上之周緣部附近之治具用黏著劑層;前述治具用黏著劑層係使用如[1]至[8]中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片所形成。 [10]如[9]所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性。 [9] A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising: a support sheet, a protective film forming film provided on one side of the support sheet, and a film provided on the one side of the support sheet or on The adhesive layer for jigs near the periphery of the first surface on the opposite side to the support sheet in the protective film forming film; the adhesive layer for jigs uses any one of [1] to [8]. The jig fixing described in item is formed by the adhesive sheet. [10] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to [9], wherein the protective film forming film is thermosetting.

[11]一種具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,前述具保護膜之晶片係具備:晶片、以及設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜;並且,前述具保護膜之晶片的製造方法係具有下述步驟:於固定用治具貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片中之治具用黏著劑層,並於工件之內面貼附如[9]或[10]所記載之保護膜形成用複合片中之保護膜形成膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜形成膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層複合片之步驟;藉由於前述支撐片上將前述工件加以分割,而將前述保護膜形成膜或是前述保護膜形成膜硬化所獲得之保護膜進行切斷,以製作多個之具保護膜形成膜之晶片或是具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上之第三積層複合片之步驟;以及,將前述第三積層複合片中的前述具保護膜形成膜之晶片或是前述具保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離,藉此進行拾取之步驟。[11] A method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film, wherein the aforementioned wafer with a protective film comprises: a wafer, and a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer; and, the manufacturing method of the aforementioned wafer with a protective film has the following steps: The above steps: attach the adhesive layer for the jig in the composite sheet for forming the protective film to the jig for fixing, and attach the composite sheet for forming the protective film as described in [9] or [10] on the inner surface of the workpiece. The protective film forming film in the sheet, whereby the step of making the first laminated composite sheet formed by laminating the protective film forming film and the aforementioned workpieces sequentially in the thickness direction on the aforementioned support sheet; The aforementioned workpiece is divided, and the aforementioned protective film forming film or the protective film obtained by hardening the aforementioned protective film forming film is cut to produce a plurality of wafers with protective film forming film or wafers with protective film are fixed The step of placing the third laminated composite sheet on the aforementioned support sheet; and, tearing the aforementioned wafer with protective film forming film or the aforementioned wafer with protective film in the aforementioned third laminated composite sheet from the aforementioned support sheet, thereby performing Pick up steps.

[12]一種具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,前述具保護膜之晶片係具備:晶片、以及設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜;並且,前述具保護膜之晶片的製造方法係具有下述步驟:於固定用治具貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片中之治具用黏著劑層,並於工件之內面貼附如[10]所記載之保護膜形成用複合片中之保護膜形成膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜形成膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層複合片之步驟;在前述第一積層複合片之周緣部貼附於前述固定用治具之狀態下,將前述第一積層複合片進行加熱使得前述保護膜形成膜硬化而形成前述保護膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第二積層複合片之步驟;藉由於前述支撐片上將前述第二積層複合片中之前述工件加以分割,而將前述保護膜進行切斷,以製作多個之具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上之第三積層複合片之步驟;以及,將前述第三積層複合片中的前述具保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離,藉此進行拾取之步驟。 [發明功效] [12] A method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film, wherein the aforementioned wafer with a protective film comprises: a wafer, and a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer; and, the manufacturing method of the aforementioned wafer with a protective film has the following steps: The above steps: attach the adhesive layer for the jig in the composite sheet for forming the protective film to the jig for fixing, and attach the protective layer of the composite sheet for forming the protective film as described in [10] on the inner surface of the workpiece. Film forming film, whereby the step of producing the first laminated composite sheet formed by laminating the protective film forming film and the aforementioned workpieces sequentially in the thickness direction on the aforementioned support sheet; at the peripheral portion of the first laminated composite sheet In the state attached to the aforementioned fixing jig, the aforementioned first laminated composite sheet is heated to harden the aforementioned protective film forming film to form the aforementioned protective film, thereby fabricating the aforementioned protective film and the aforementioned workpiece on the aforementioned supporting sheet. The step of laminating and forming the second laminated composite sheet in the thickness direction of these: by dividing the aforementioned workpiece in the aforementioned second laminated composite sheet on the aforementioned support sheet, and cutting the aforementioned protective film to produce a plurality of A step in which the wafer with a protective film is fixed on the third laminated composite sheet on the aforementioned support sheet; and, the step of pulling the aforementioned wafer with a protective film in the aforementioned third laminated composite sheet from the aforementioned support sheet, thereby performing a step of picking up . [Efficacy of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種治具固定用黏著片、具備使用前述治具固定用黏著片而形成之治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片、以及具保護膜之晶片的製造方法;前述治具固定用黏著片係具有芯材膜,使用前述治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片,用於製造具保護膜之晶片時,治具用黏著劑層可不斷裂地自固定用治具輕易剝離。According to the present invention, there can be provided an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig formed using the adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, and a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film; The aforementioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing has a core material film, and the aforementioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing is used to form a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for jig, and when used to manufacture a wafer with a protective film, the jig The adhesive layer can be easily peeled off from the fixing jig without breaking.

[治具固定用黏著片] 本發明之一實施形態之治具固定用黏著片,係用於具備保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片之治具固定用黏著片,由第一黏著劑層、芯材膜、以及第二黏著劑層依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成。 [Adhesive sheet for jig fixing] An adhesive sheet for fixing a jig according to an embodiment of the present invention is an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig used for a composite sheet for forming a protective film having a protective film forming film, and consists of a first adhesive layer, a core material film, and a second adhesive layer. The two adhesive layers are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers.

以下,一邊參照圖式一邊對本實施形態之治具固定用黏著片之例加以說明。Hereinafter, an example of the adhesive sheet for fixing a jig according to this embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings.

圖1係示意性地表示本實施形態之治具固定用黏著片之一例的剖面圖。此外,以下之說明所用之圖有時為了容易理解本發明之特徵,為方便起見而將成為要部之部分放大表示,各構成要素之尺寸比率等未必與實際相同。Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of an adhesive sheet for jig fixing according to this embodiment. In addition, in the drawings used in the following description, in order to easily understand the features of the present invention, the main parts may be enlarged for convenience, and the dimensional ratio of each component may not necessarily be the same as the actual one.

圖1所示之治具固定用黏著片1係由第一剝離膜151、第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、第二黏著劑層163、以及第二剝離膜152依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成。The adhesive sheet 1 for fixture fixing shown in FIG. 1 is composed of a first release film 151, a first adhesive layer 161, a core material film 162, a second adhesive layer 163, and a second release film 152 in sequence. It is formed by laminating layers in the thickness direction.

圖1所示之治具固定用黏著片可如後述例如挖出成環狀來形成由第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163所構成之治具用黏著劑層16,可利用於如圖2至圖4所示之具備保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片101、保護膜形成用複合片102、以及保護膜形成用複合片104。The adhesive sheet for jig fixing shown in FIG. 1 can be dug out into a ring shape as described later to form an adhesive layer for jigs composed of a first adhesive layer 161, a core material film 162, and a second adhesive layer 163. 16. It can be used in the composite sheet for forming a protective film 101 , the composite sheet for forming a protective film 102 , and the composite sheet for forming a protective film 104 as shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 .

第一黏著劑層、芯材膜、以及第二黏著劑層依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂強度(Ah)[N/10mm]相對於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片對SUS304之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)[N/10mm]之比(Ah/Bh)為1.25以上。The first adhesive layer, the core material film, and the second adhesive layer are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these adhesive sheets for jig fixing. The test piece is obtained by tensile test after heating at 130°C for 2 hours. The ratio (Ah/Bh) of the breaking strength (Ah) [N/10mm] to the 180° tear-off adhesion (Bh) [N/10mm] of the test piece to SUS304 after heating at 130°C for 2 hours is more than 1.25.

本實施形態之治具固定用黏著片藉由比(Ah/Bh)為1.25以上,可使用前述治具固定用黏著片而形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片,並在用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,治具用黏著劑層可不斷裂地自固定用治具輕易剝離。The adhesive sheet for jig fixing of this embodiment has a ratio (Ah/Bh) of 1.25 or more, and the above-mentioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing can be used to form a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for jigs, and can be used in use. When manufacturing a wafer with a protective film, the adhesive layer for the jig can be easily peeled off from the jig for fixing without breaking.

治具固定用黏著片較佳係比(Ah/Bh)為1.40以上,更佳為1.55以上,又更佳為1.65以上,尤佳為1.75以上。The adhesive sheet for jig fixing is preferably at least 1.40, more preferably at least 1.55, still more preferably at least 1.65, and most preferably at least 1.75.

比(Ah/Bh)之上限值並無限定,但由治具固定用黏著片之操作性良好之觀點來看,較佳為6.5以下,更佳為5.5以下,又更佳為4.5以下。The upper limit of the ratio (Ah/Bh) is not limited, but is preferably 6.5 or less, more preferably 5.5 or less, still more preferably 4.5 or less from the viewpoint of good handleability of the jig fixing adhesive sheet.

前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片對SUS304之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)較佳為2.0N/10mm至12N/10mm。前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)較佳為2.0N/10mm以上,更佳為2.4N/10mm以上,又更佳為2.8N/10mm以上。藉由將扯離黏著力(Bh)設為前述下限值以上,使用治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片並用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,可減低在加熱製程中、或加熱製程後產生來自固定用治具之浮起之虞。The 180° tear-off adhesion (Bh) of the test piece to SUS304 after heating the above-mentioned fixture fixing adhesive sheet at 130°C for 2 hours is preferably 2.0N/10mm to 12N/10mm. The aforementioned 180° pull-off adhesion (Bh) is preferably at least 2.0 N/10 mm, more preferably at least 2.4 N/10 mm, and still more preferably at least 2.8 N/10 mm. By making the tear-off adhesive force (Bh) more than the aforementioned lower limit value, a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig is formed using an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig and used for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film When it is used, it can reduce the risk of floating from the fixing jig during the heating process or after the heating process.

前述治具固定用黏著片較佳係前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)為12N/10mm以下,又更佳為10N/10mm以下,尤佳為9.2N/10mm以下。藉由將扯離黏著力(Bh)設為前述上限值以下,使用治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片並用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,不易於固定用治具之側產生殘膠而可自固定用治具輕易剝離。The aforementioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing is preferably such that the aforementioned 180° tear-off adhesive force (Bh) is 12 N/10 mm or less, more preferably 10 N/10 mm or less, particularly preferably 9.2 N/10 mm or less. By making the peeling adhesive force (Bh) below the above-mentioned upper limit, a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig is formed using an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig and used for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film When it is used, it is not easy to produce residual glue on the side of the fixing jig and can be easily peeled off from the fixing jig.

前述治具固定用黏著片較佳係於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片中前述斷裂強度(Ah)為6N/10mm以上,更佳為8N/10mm以上,又更佳為10N/10mm以上。藉由將斷裂強度(Ah)設為前述下限值以上,使用治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片並用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,治具用黏著劑層可不斷裂地自固定用治具更輕易剝離。The aforementioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing is preferably 6 N/10mm or higher, more preferably 8 N/10 mm or higher, and still more preferably 10 N/10 mm or higher in the test piece after heating at 130° C. for 2 hours. When the breaking strength (Ah) is set to be more than the above-mentioned lower limit value, when a protective film-forming composite sheet having a jig adhesive layer is formed using an adhesive sheet for jig fixing and used to manufacture a wafer with a protective film, The adhesive layer for jigs can be more easily peeled off from the jig for fixation without breaking.

前述斷裂強度(Ah)較佳為100N/10mm以下,更佳為60N/10mm以下,又更佳為40N/10mm以下。藉由將斷裂強度(Ah)設為前述上限值以下,可使治具固定用黏著片變得容易操作。The breaking strength (Ah) is preferably at most 100 N/10 mm, more preferably at most 60 N/10 mm, and still more preferably at most 40 N/10 mm. By making breaking strength (Ah) below the said upper limit, the adhesive sheet for jig fixing can be made easy to handle.

前述治具固定用黏著片較佳係於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(Xh)為100%以上,更佳為200%以上,又更佳為300%以上,尤佳為400%以上。藉由將斷裂伸度(Xh)設為前述下限值以上,使用治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片並用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,治具用黏著劑層可不斷裂地自固定用治具更輕易剝離。The above-mentioned adhesive sheet for fixture fixing is preferably a test piece heated at 130°C for 2 hours, and the elongation at break (Xh) obtained by the tensile test is 100% or more, more preferably 200% or more, and more preferably More than 300%, preferably more than 400%. When the elongation at break (Xh) is set to be more than the aforementioned lower limit value, and a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig is formed using an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig and used to manufacture a wafer with a protective film , the adhesive layer for the jig can be easily peeled off from the jig for fixing without breaking.

前述治具固定用黏著片較佳係加熱前之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(X0)為100%以上,更佳為200%以上,又更佳為300%以上。藉由將斷裂伸度(X0)設為前述下限值以上,使用治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片並用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,在貼附至保護膜形成用複合片之工件有不良情況之情形時,即使將工件剝離,使工件成為可再度使用之狀態的(重製)之步驟時,治具用黏著劑層仍可不斷裂地自固定用治具輕易剝離。The above-mentioned adhesive sheet for fixture fixing is preferably a test piece before heating and has an elongation at break (X0) obtained by a tensile test of 100% or more, more preferably 200% or more, and more preferably 300% or more. When the elongation at break (X0) is set to be more than the above-mentioned lower limit value, and a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig is formed using an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig and used to manufacture a wafer with a protective film When the workpiece attached to the composite sheet for protective film formation has a defect, even if the workpiece is peeled off to make the workpiece reusable (rework), the adhesive layer for the jig can still be removed. Fractured and easily peeled off from the fixing jig.

前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(Xh)相對於加熱前之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(X0)之比(Xh/X0)較佳為0.10至1.50,更佳為0.30至1.30。藉由將斷裂伸度(Xh)設為前述數值範圍,使用治具固定用黏著片來形成具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片並用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,容易兼用於進行加熱之製程與不加熱之製程兩種。例如,欲使用相同裝置將治具固定用黏著片自固定用治具剝離之情形時,可不刻意地改變條件,即使在重製步驟時(亦即加熱前)、或是製造了具保護膜之晶片之後(亦即加熱後),仍可以在同一條件設定下輕易剝離。The elongation at break (Xh) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece after heating the above-mentioned fixture-fixing adhesive sheet at 130°C for 2 hours is relative to the elongation at break (Xh) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece before heating ( The ratio (Xh/X0) of X0) is preferably from 0.10 to 1.50, more preferably from 0.30 to 1.30. By setting the elongation at break (Xh) within the above numerical range, it is easy to form a composite sheet for forming a protective film having an adhesive layer for a jig using an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig and to manufacture a wafer with a protective film. It is also used for both heating process and non-heating process. For example, when you want to use the same device to peel off the adhesive sheet for fixing the jig from the jig for fixing, you can not change the conditions intentionally, even in the process of reproducing (that is, before heating), or manufacturing a protective film. After the wafer (that is, after heating), it can still be easily peeled off under the same condition setting.

(加熱後之斷裂強度(Ah)、以及加熱後之斷裂伸度(Xh)之測定方法) 將治具固定用黏著片切斷成寬度10mm、長度80mm的長條狀,於130℃加熱2小時,放置冷卻。治具固定用黏著片係由第一剝離膜151、第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、第二黏著劑層163、以及第二剝離膜152依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成時,自第二黏著劑層163剝離第二剝離膜152,進而,自第一黏著劑層161剝離第一剝離膜151。關於由第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、以及第二黏著劑層163依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之治具固定用黏著片之試驗片,在23℃、夾頭間距離50mm、拉伸速度200mm/min之條件下實施拉伸試驗,求出斷裂強度(Ah)[N/10mm]、以及斷裂伸度(Xh)[%]。 (Measuring method of breaking strength (Ah) after heating and elongation at break (Xh) after heating) Cut the adhesive sheet for jig fixing into strips with a width of 10mm and a length of 80mm, heat at 130°C for 2 hours, and let it cool. When the adhesive sheet for jig fixing is composed of the first release film 151, the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162, the second adhesive layer 163, and the second release film 152, which are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these , the second peeling film 152 is peeled off from the second adhesive layer 163 , and further, the first peeling film 151 is peeled off from the first adhesive layer 161 . Regarding the test piece of the jig fixing adhesive sheet composed of the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162, and the second adhesive layer 163 laminated sequentially in the thickness direction, at 23°C, the distance between chucks The tensile test was carried out under the conditions of 50mm and tensile speed of 200mm/min, and the breaking strength (Ah) [N/10mm] and the breaking elongation (Xh) [%] were obtained.

(加熱後之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)之測定方法) 將治具固定用黏著片切斷成寬度10mm、長度250mm的長條狀,使得貼附於固定用治具之側之第一黏著劑層161露出,將所露出之治具固定用黏著片之第一黏著劑層161藉由使2kg輥來回一次而貼附在經過♯1200HL(Hair Line;髮紋)研磨加工之SUS304之板之經♯1200HL研磨加工之面上。於130℃加熱2小時,放置冷卻,在23℃、50%RH之環境下,依據JISZ0237,以300mm/min之速度來測定180°扯離黏著力(Bh)。 (Measurement method of 180° peel-off adhesion (Bh) after heating) Cut the jig-fixing adhesive sheet into strips with a width of 10 mm and a length of 250 mm, so that the first adhesive layer 161 attached to the side of the fixing jig is exposed, and the exposed jig-fixing adhesive sheet The first adhesive layer 161 was attached to the ♯1200HL-polished surface of the ♯1200HL (Hair Line)-polished SUS304 board by making a 2kg roller back and forth once. Heat at 130°C for 2 hours, let it cool, and measure the 180° peel-off adhesion (Bh) at a speed of 300mm/min at 23°C and 50%RH in accordance with JISZ0237.

治具固定用黏著片之180°扯離黏著力,亦可使治具固定用黏著片之第一黏著劑層161露出,而測定治具固定用黏著片之第一黏著劑層161之側之180°扯離黏著力;亦可使第二黏著劑層163露出,而測定治具固定用黏著片之第二黏著劑層163之側之180°扯離黏著力。治具固定用黏著片之第一黏著劑層161之側之180°扯離黏著力或第二黏著劑層163之側之180°扯離黏著力中任一者只要為上述之範圍即可,較佳係治具固定用黏著片之第一黏著劑層161之側之180°扯離黏著力以及第二黏著劑層163之側之180°扯離黏著力之兩者皆為上述之範圍。The 180° tear-off adhesive force of the adhesive sheet for fixing the fixture can also expose the first adhesive layer 161 of the adhesive sheet for fixing the fixture, and measure the side of the first adhesive layer 161 of the adhesive sheet for fixing the fixture. 180° peel-off adhesive force; the second adhesive layer 163 can also be exposed, and the 180° peel-off adhesive force of the side of the second adhesive layer 163 of the adhesive sheet for fixture fixing can be measured. Either of the 180° peel-off adhesive force on the side of the first adhesive layer 161 or the 180° peel-off adhesive force on the side of the second adhesive layer 163 of the adhesive sheet for jig fixing should be within the above-mentioned range, Preferably, both the 180° peel-off adhesive force on the side of the first adhesive layer 161 and the 180° peel-off adhesive force on the side of the second adhesive layer 163 of the adhesive sheet for jig fixing are within the above-mentioned ranges.

(比(Ah/Bh)之計算方法) 於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂強度(Ah)相對於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片對SUS304之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)之比(Ah/Bh),可藉由將前述斷裂強度(Ah)除以前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)來計算。 (Calculation method of ratio (Ah/Bh)) Ratio (Ah) of the breaking strength (Ah) of the test piece heated at 130°C for 2 hours to the 180° peel-off adhesion (Bh) of the test piece to SUS304 after heating at 130°C for 2 hours /Bh) can be calculated by dividing the aforementioned breaking strength (Ah) by the aforementioned 180° tear-off adhesion (Bh).

(加熱前之斷裂伸度(X0)之測定方法) 將治具固定用黏著片切斷成寬度10mm、長度80mm的長條狀。治具固定用黏著片係由第一剝離膜151、第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、第二黏著劑層163、以及第二剝離膜152依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成時,自第二黏著劑層163剝離第二剝離膜152,進而,自第一黏著劑層161剝離第一剝離膜151。關於由第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、以及第二黏著劑層163依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之治具固定用黏著片之試驗片,在23℃、夾頭間距離50mm、拉伸速度200mm/min之條件下實施拉伸試驗,求出加熱前之斷裂伸度(X0)[%]。 (Measuring method of elongation at break (X0) before heating) Cut the jig fixing adhesive sheet into strips with a width of 10 mm and a length of 80 mm. When the adhesive sheet for jig fixing is composed of the first release film 151, the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162, the second adhesive layer 163, and the second release film 152, which are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these , the second peeling film 152 is peeled off from the second adhesive layer 163 , and further, the first peeling film 151 is peeled off from the first adhesive layer 161 . Regarding the test piece of the jig fixing adhesive sheet composed of the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162, and the second adhesive layer 163 laminated sequentially in the thickness direction, at 23°C, the distance between chucks Under the conditions of 50mm and tensile speed of 200mm/min, the tensile test was carried out, and the elongation at break (X0) [%] before heating was obtained.

(比(Xh/X0)之計算方法) 於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(Xh)相對於加熱前之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(X0)之比(Xh/X0),可藉由將前述斷裂伸度(Xh)除以前述斷裂伸度(X0)來計算。 (Calculation method of ratio (Xh/X0)) The ratio of the elongation at break (Xh) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece after heating at 130°C for 2 hours to the elongation at break (X0) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece before heating (Xh/ X0) can be calculated by dividing the aforementioned elongation at break (Xh) by the aforementioned elongation at break (X0).

以下,對於構成治具固定用黏著片之各層進行詳細地說明。Hereinafter, each layer constituting the adhesive sheet for jig fixing will be described in detail.

[芯材膜] 作為前述芯材膜之構成材料,可列舉各種樹脂。 作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;low density polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;linear low density polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;high density polyethylene)等聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降冰片烯樹脂等聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-丙烯橡膠等聚烯烴系熱可塑性彈性體、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降冰片烯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體所獲得之共聚物);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚-2,6-萘二羧酸乙二酯、所有構成單元皆為具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等聚酯;兩種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸脂;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改質聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮;聚氯乙烯等。 [core film] Various resins can be mentioned as a constituent material of the said core material film. Examples of the aforementioned resins include polyethylenes such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE; low density polyethylene), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE; linear low density polyethylene), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE; high density polyethylene); Polyolefins other than polyethylene, such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin; polyolefin-based thermoplastic elastomers such as ethylene-propylene rubber, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer , ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer and other ethylene-based copolymers (copolymers obtained by using ethylene as a monomer); polystyrene ; Polycycloolefin; Polyethylene terephthalate, Polyethylene naphthalate, Polybutylene terephthalate, Polyethylene isophthalate, Poly-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid Ethylene glycol esters, polyesters such as wholly aromatic polyesters whose constituent units are all aromatic ring groups; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly(meth)acrylates; polyurethanes ; Polyacrylate urethane; polyimide; polyamide; polycarbonate; fluororesin; polyacetal; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide; Wait.

由可更容易將前述治具固定用黏著片之前述斷裂伸度(X0)、斷裂強度(Ah)以及斷裂伸度(Xh)調整為前述數值範圍之方面來看,前述芯材膜之構成材料之中較佳係含有聚烯烴或聚氯乙烯。另外,更佳係含有直鏈低密度聚乙烯、無延伸聚丙烯或聚氯乙烯。From the point of view that the above-mentioned elongation at break (X0), strength at break (Ah) and elongation at break (Xh) of the aforementioned adhesive sheet for jig fixing can be adjusted more easily to the above-mentioned numerical range, the constituent material of the aforementioned core material film Among them, it is preferable to contain polyolefin or polyvinyl chloride. In addition, it is more preferable to contain linear low-density polyethylene, non-extended polypropylene, or polyvinyl chloride.

構成芯材膜之樹脂可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些樹脂之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The resin constituting the core material film may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these resins can be selected arbitrarily.

芯材膜亦可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層所構成,由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合並無特別限定。The core material film may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When composed of multiple layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.

芯材膜之厚度亦可為5μm至140μm,較佳為16μm至100μm,更佳為20μm至80μm,又更佳為40μm至60μm。藉由芯材膜之厚度為此種範圍,可提高治具固定用黏著片之可撓性,防止使用了前述治具固定用黏著片之保護膜形成用複合片產生皺褶。The thickness of the core film may also be 5 μm to 140 μm, preferably 16 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 80 μm, and more preferably 40 μm to 60 μm. When the thickness of the core film is in this range, the flexibility of the jig fixing adhesive sheet can be increased, and wrinkles can be prevented from being generated in the protective film forming composite sheet using the jig fixing adhesive sheet.

然而,為了調整前述斷裂強度(Ah),不可過份地加厚芯材膜之厚度。尤其是藉由使芯材膜之厚度為前述上限值以下,由於芯材膜之高度的關係,可防止貼帶機之層壓輥之按壓僅集中於環型框部導致貼帶機之貼附性不良,可防止在將保護膜形成用複合片以輥形態進行保存時之穿隧 (tunneling),另外,可防止衝壓加工時之切斷性降低。However, in order to adjust the aforementioned breaking strength (Ah), the thickness of the core film should not be excessively thickened. In particular, by making the thickness of the core film below the aforementioned upper limit, due to the relationship between the height of the core film, it is possible to prevent the pressing of the lamination roller of the tape sticking machine from being concentrated only on the ring-shaped frame and cause the sticking of the tape sticking machine. Poor adhesion prevents tunneling when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is stored in a roll form, and also prevents a decrease in cuttability during press processing.

此處,所謂「芯材膜之厚度」,意指芯材膜整體之厚度,例如,所謂由多層所構成之芯材膜之厚度,意指構成芯材膜之所有層之合計厚度。 芯材膜亦可除了前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,含有填充材、著色劑、抗氧化劑、有機滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知的各種添加劑。 Here, the "thickness of the core film" means the thickness of the entire core film, for example, the thickness of the core film composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the core film. The core film may contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and softeners (plasticizers) in addition to the main constituent materials such as the above-mentioned resins.

芯材膜較佳為透明,根據需要亦可進行著色,亦可蒸鍍有其它層。The core material film is preferably transparent, but may be colored as necessary, and other layers may be vapor-deposited.

芯材膜為了調節設置在芯材膜兩面之第一黏著劑層以及相對於第一黏著劑層之密接性,亦可對表面實施如下處理:噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧-紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等酸化處理;親油處理;親水處理等。另外,芯材膜之表面亦可經底塗處理。In order to adjust the first adhesive layer on both sides of the core film and the adhesiveness relative to the first adhesive layer, the surface of the core film can also be subjected to the following treatments: sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc., embossing treatment; corona Discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone-ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment and other acidification treatments; lipophilic treatment; hydrophilic treatment, etc. In addition, the surface of the core film can also be treated with primer.

芯材膜亦可藉由含有特定範圍之成分(例如樹脂等),而於至少一側之面具有黏著性。The core material film can also have adhesiveness on at least one side surface by containing a specific range of components (such as resin, etc.).

○芯材膜之製造方法 芯材膜可藉由公知之方法製造。例如,含有樹脂之芯材膜可藉由將含有前述芯材膜之樹脂組成物加以成形而製造。 ○Manufacturing method of core film The core film can be produced by a known method. For example, the resin-containing core film can be produced by molding the above-mentioned resin composition containing the core film.

[第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層] 第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層係滿足前述扯離黏著力之條件,可為非能量線硬化性,亦可為能量線硬化性,較佳為非能量線硬化性。 本說明書之中,所謂「非能量線硬化性」,意指即使照射能量線亦不會硬化之性質。反之將藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質稱為「能量線硬化性」。 本說明書之中,所謂「能量線」,意指在電磁波或帶電粒子束之中具有能量量子之能量線。作為能量線之例,可列舉如紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、熔合燈(fusion lamp)、氙氣燈、黑光或LED(Light Emitting Diode,發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源而照射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等所產生者。 [First adhesive layer and second adhesive layer] The first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer satisfy the aforementioned conditions of peel-off adhesive force, and may be non-energy ray curable or energy ray curable, preferably non-energy ray curable. In this specification, "non-energy ray curability" means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy ray. Conversely, the property of hardening by irradiation of energy rays is called "energy ray hardening". In this specification, the so-called "energy line" means an energy line having energy quanta in electromagnetic waves or charged particle beams. Examples of energy rays include ultraviolet rays, radiation, electron beams, and the like. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, or an LED (Light Emitting Diode, Light Emitting Diode) lamp as an ultraviolet source. Electron beams may be irradiated to those generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like.

第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層之厚度,由可適當地調整前述180°扯離黏著力的方面來看,分別較佳為2μm至15μm,更佳為3μm至12μm,尤佳為4μm至10μm。The thicknesses of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are preferably 2 μm to 15 μm, more preferably 3 μm to 12 μm, and especially preferably 4 μm from the aspect of appropriately adjusting the aforementioned 180° peel-off adhesive force. to 10 μm.

第一黏著劑層、芯材膜以及第二黏著劑層之合計厚度較佳為10μm至170μm,更佳為20μm至100μm,又更佳為30μm至70μm,尤佳為35μm至60μm。藉由將合計厚度設為前述下限值以上,可適當地調整前述180°扯離黏著力,藉由將合計厚度設為前述上限值以下,可提高治具固定用黏著片之可撓性,防止使用了前述治具固定用黏著片之保護膜形成用複合片產生皺褶。The total thickness of the first adhesive layer, the core material film and the second adhesive layer is preferably 10 μm to 170 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 100 μm, still more preferably 30 μm to 70 μm, especially preferably 35 μm to 60 μm. The aforementioned 180° peel-off adhesive force can be appropriately adjusted by setting the total thickness above the aforementioned lower limit, and the flexibility of the jig fixing adhesive sheet can be improved by setting the total thickness below the aforementioned upper limit. , to prevent wrinkles from occurring in the protective film forming composite sheet using the aforementioned jig fixing adhesive sheet.

前述第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層係可使用含有黏著劑之治具用黏著劑組成物來形成。例如,可在第一黏著劑層之形成對象面塗敷治具用黏著劑組成物,根據需要而進行乾燥,藉此在目標之部位形成第一黏著劑層。可在第二黏著劑層之形成對象面塗敷治具用黏著劑組成物,根據需要而進行乾燥,藉此在目標之部位形成第二黏著劑層。第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層之更具體的形成方法係與其它層之形成方法一併於下文詳細說明。於治具用黏著劑組成物中之在常溫不氣化之成分彼此之含量之比率,通常與黏著劑層之前述成分彼此之含量之比率相同。The aforementioned first adhesive layer and second adhesive layer system can be formed using an adhesive composition for a jig containing an adhesive. For example, the first adhesive layer can be formed on the target site by applying the adhesive composition for a jig on the surface to be formed of the first adhesive layer and drying it as necessary. The adhesive composition for a jig can be applied to the surface to be formed of the second adhesive layer, and dried as necessary to form the second adhesive layer on the target site. More specific methods for forming the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are described in detail below together with the methods for forming other layers. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the adhesive composition for jigs is usually the same as the content ratio of the above-mentioned components in the adhesive layer.

治具用黏著劑組成物之塗敷可以公知的方法進行即可,例如可列舉:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模頭塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、網版塗佈機、繞線棒(Meyer bar)式塗佈機、輕觸式塗佈機等使用各種塗佈機之方法。The coating of the adhesive composition for jigs may be performed by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, a knife coater, a rod coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, Roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Meyer bar coater, touch coater, etc. Methods of using various coaters.

治具用黏著劑組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,但若治具用黏著劑組成物含有後述之溶媒之情形時,較佳係進行加熱乾燥,這種情形時,較佳係例如以70℃至130℃且10秒鐘至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。The drying conditions of the adhesive composition for jigs are not particularly limited, but if the adhesive composition for jigs contains the solvent described later, it is preferable to perform heat drying. In this case, for example, it is preferable to use 70 ℃ to 130 ℃ and 10 seconds to 5 minutes for drying.

作為用以形成前述第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層之治具用黏著劑組成物,可列舉如非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物、或後述之能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,較佳為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物。Examples of the jig adhesive composition for forming the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer include a non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition, or an energy-ray-curable adhesive composition described later. It is preferably a non-energy ray curable adhesive composition.

此處,作為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有如下之樹脂者:丙烯酸樹脂(含有源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元之樹脂)、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂(具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之樹脂)、橡膠系樹脂(具有橡膠結構之樹脂)、聚矽氧系樹脂(具有矽氧烷鍵之樹脂)、環氧系樹脂(具有環氧基之樹脂)、聚乙烯醚、或聚碳酸脂等黏著性樹脂(以下稱為「黏著性樹脂(i)」)。Here, examples of the non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition include those containing the following resins: acrylic resins (resins containing constituent units derived from (meth)acrylates), urethane resins (resin with urethane bond), rubber-based resin (resin with rubber structure), silicone-based resin (resin with siloxane bond), epoxy-based resin (resin with epoxy group) , polyvinyl ether, or an adhesive resin such as polycarbonate (hereinafter referred to as "adhesive resin (i)").

(黏著性樹脂(i)) 於前述黏著性樹脂(i)中,較佳為丙烯酸樹脂,係相對於環型框等固定用治具18之密接性高、在切割步驟等可有效率地防止保護膜形成用複合片自固定用治具18剝落。 作為黏著性樹脂(i)中之前述丙烯酸樹脂,例如可列舉:至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元之丙烯酸聚合物。 前述丙烯酸樹脂所具有之構成單元亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些構成單元之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 (adhesive resin (i)) Among the above-mentioned adhesive resins (i), acrylic resin is preferable, because it has high adhesion to the fixing jig 18 such as a ring frame, and can effectively prevent self-fixation of the composite sheet for protective film formation in the cutting step, etc. Use jig 18 to peel off. As said acrylic resin in adhesive resin (i), the acrylic polymer which has the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate at least is mentioned, for example. The structural unit which the said acrylic resin has may be only one type, and may be two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of these structural units can be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為1至20的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,前述烷基較佳為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。 作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,更具體而言,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十九烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylate include alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably linear or branched. shape. As the alkyl (meth)acrylate, more specifically, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second-butyl (meth)acrylate, third-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-(meth)acrylate Nonyl, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) , Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, Myristyl (meth)acrylate (Myristyl (meth)acrylate), Pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, Decadecyl (meth)acrylate Hexadecyl (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), (meth) Nonadecyl acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

由可提高第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層之黏著力的方面來看,前述丙烯酸聚合物較佳係具有前述烷基的碳數為4以上之源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元。並且,由可更提高黏著劑層之黏著力的方面來看,前述烷基的碳數較佳為4至12,更佳為4至8。另外,前述烷基的碳數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,較佳為丙烯酸烷基酯。From the viewpoint of improving the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer is preferably derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate having the aforementioned alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms. the constituent unit. And, from the point of view that the adhesive force of the adhesive layer can be further improved, the carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 4-12, more preferably 4-8. In addition, the alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl acrylate.

前述丙烯酸聚合物除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外,較佳係進而具有源自含官能基之單體之構成單元。 作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑反應而成為交聯之起點、或是可藉由前述官能基與含不飽和基之化合物中之異氰酸酯基、縮水甘油基等官能基反應而在丙烯酸聚合物之側鏈導入不飽和基的單體。 The aforementioned acrylic polymer preferably further has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the above-mentioned functional group-containing monomer include: the starting point of cross-linking by reacting the above-mentioned functional group with a cross-linking agent described later; A monomer that introduces unsaturated groups into the side chains of acrylic polymers by reacting functional groups such as glycidyl groups and glycidyl groups.

作為含官能基之單體中之前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、環氧基等。 亦即,作為含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 As said functional group in a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example. That is, as a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group containing monomer, a carboxyl group containing monomer, an amino group containing monomer, an epoxy group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。由交聯反應變得容易的方面來看,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯或(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯,更佳為丙烯酸4-羥丁酯或丙烯酸2-羥乙酯,尤佳為丙烯酸4-羥丁酯。Examples of the aforementioned hydroxyl-containing monomers include: hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, Hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; vinyl alcohol, Non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols not having a (meth)acryl skeleton) such as allyl alcohol, and the like. From the point of view that the crosslinking reaction becomes easy, it is preferably 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate or 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate or 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate. Hydroxyethyl esters, especially 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、伊康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸之酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。As the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomers, for example, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds) such as (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid and citraconic acid (dicarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds); anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. base) carboxyalkyl acrylate, etc.

含官能基之單體較佳為含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體,更佳為含羥基之單體。The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl-containing monomer or a carboxyl-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl-containing monomer.

作為黏著性樹脂(i)之前述丙烯酸樹脂,較佳為具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以及源自含羥基之單體之構成單元之丙烯酸聚合物,亦可為具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元、源自含羥基之單體之構成單元、以及源自含羧基之單體之構成單元之丙烯酸聚合物。前述丙烯酸樹脂較佳係不具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元。The aforementioned acrylic resin as the adhesive resin (i) is preferably an acrylic polymer having a constituent unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate and a constituent unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, and may have a constituent unit derived from An acrylic polymer derived from a constituent unit of an alkyl (meth)acrylate, a constituent unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, and a constituent unit derived from a carboxyl group-containing monomer. The aforementioned acrylic resin preferably does not have a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物之含官能基之單體亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些含官能基之單體之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The functional group-containing monomer constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these functional group-containing monomers can be selected arbitrarily.

於前述丙烯酸聚合物中,相對於構成單元之總量,源自含官能基之單體之構成單元之含量較佳為0.5質量%至12質量%,更佳為0.8質量%至10質量%,尤佳為1.0質量%至5.0質量%。In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, the content of the constituent units derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 0.5% by mass to 12% by mass, more preferably 0.8% by mass to 10% by mass, relative to the total amount of the constituent units, More preferably, it is 1.0 mass % to 5.0 mass %.

前述丙烯酸聚合物除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以及源自含官能基之單體之構成單元以外,亦可進而具有源自其它單體之構成單元。 前述其它單體只要可與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等進行共聚即可,並無特別限定。 作為前述其它單體,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 The said acrylic polymer may further have the structural unit derived from another monomer other than the structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate and the functional group containing monomer. The aforementioned other monomers are not particularly limited as long as they can be copolymerized with an alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like. Examples of the other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, and the like.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物之前述其它單體亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些其它單體之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The aforementioned other monomer constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these other monomers may be selected arbitrarily.

黏著性樹脂(i)中之前述丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為70萬以上,更佳為80萬以上。藉由將丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)設為前述下限值以上,可更容易地將前述治具固定用黏著片之前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)調整至前述數值範圍。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the said acrylic resin in adhesive resin (i) becomes like this. Preferably it is 700,000 or more, More preferably, it is 800,000 or more. By making the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin more than the aforementioned lower limit, the aforementioned 180° peel-off adhesive force (Bh) of the aforementioned jig fixing adhesive sheet can be adjusted more easily to the aforementioned numerical range.

黏著性樹脂(i)中之前述丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1000萬以下,更佳為500萬以下,又更佳為200萬以下。藉由將丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量設為前述上限值以下,可更容易地將前述斷裂強度(Ah)以及前述治具固定用黏著片之前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)調整至前述數值範圍。The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin in the adhesive resin (i) is preferably at most 10 million, more preferably at most 5 million, and even more preferably at most 2 million. By setting the weight-average molecular weight of the acrylic resin to be equal to or less than the upper limit, the breaking strength (Ah) and the 180° peel-off adhesive force (Bh) of the jig-fixing adhesive sheet can be adjusted more easily to the above-mentioned range of values.

此外,本說明書之中,所謂重量平均分子量,只要無特別指定,意指藉由凝膠滲透層析術(GPC;Gel Permeation Chromatography)法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。In addition, in this specification, unless otherwise specified, weight average molecular weight means the polystyrene conversion value measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC; Gel Permeation Chromatography) method.

黏著性樹脂(i)中之丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-70℃至30℃,更佳為-65℃至-5℃,又更佳為-60℃至-20℃,尤佳為-55℃至-40℃。藉由使得丙烯酸樹脂之Tg在前述範圍內,在用於具保護膜之晶片之製造時,在加熱後不易產生來自固定用治具之浮起,且在固定用治具之側所產生之殘膠少,可更容易地獲得治具固定用黏著片。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin in the adhesive resin (i) is preferably -70°C to 30°C, more preferably -65°C to -5°C, still more preferably -60°C to -20°C, Especially preferably -55°C to -40°C. By making the Tg of the acrylic resin within the aforementioned range, when used in the manufacture of a wafer with a protective film, it is difficult to generate floating from the fixing jig after heating, and the residue generated on the side of the fixing jig Less glue makes it easier to obtain adhesive sheets for jig fixing.

丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)可使用以下所示之Fox之式來計算而求得。 1/Tg=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2)+…+(Wm/Tgm)(式中,Tg為丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度,Tg1、Tg2、…Tgm係成為丙烯酸樹脂之原料之各單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度,W1、W2、…Wm為各單體之質量分率。其中,W1+W2+…+Wm=1。) 前述Fox之式中各單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度係可使用高分子資料/手冊、黏著手冊或Polymer Handbook等所記載之值。例如,丙烯酸甲酯均聚物之Tg為10℃、丙烯酸2-羥乙酯均聚物之Tg為-15℃、丙烯酸正丁酯均聚物之Tg為-54℃、丙烯酸乙酯均聚物之Tg為-24℃、丙烯酸4-羥丁酯均聚物之Tg為-32℃、N,N-二甲基丙烯醯胺均聚物之Tg為119℃、丙烯醯基嗎啉酯均聚物之Tg為145℃、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯均聚物之Tg為41℃。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of an acrylic resin can be calculated using the Fox's formula shown below. 1/Tg=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2)+...+(Wm/Tgm) (where, Tg is the glass transition temperature of acrylic resin, Tg1, Tg2,...Tgm are the raw materials of acrylic resin The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the monomer, W1, W2, ... Wm is the mass fraction of each monomer. Among them, W1 + W2 + ... + Wm = 1.) The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of each monomer in the aforementioned Fox's formula can use the value recorded in the polymer data/handbook, adhesive handbook, or Polymer Handbook. For example, the Tg of methyl acrylate homopolymer is 10°C, the Tg of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate homopolymer is -15°C, the Tg of n-butyl acrylate homopolymer is -54°C, and the Tg of ethyl acrylate homopolymer Tg of -24°C, Tg of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate homopolymer is -32°C, Tg of N,N-dimethylacrylamide homopolymer is 119°C, acryloylmorpholine homopolymer The Tg of the product was 145°C, and the Tg of the glycidyl methacrylate homopolymer was 41°C.

前述丙烯酸聚合物以外的黏著性樹脂(i)亦與前述丙烯酸聚合物同樣地,較佳係具有源自含官能基之單體之構成單元。Adhesive resins (i) other than the aforementioned acrylic polymer preferably have a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer, similarly to the aforementioned acrylic polymer.

治具用黏著劑組成物所含有之黏著性樹脂(i)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(i)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The adhesive resin (i) contained in the adhesive composition for jigs may be only one type, or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (i) may be arbitrary. to choose.

於治具用黏著劑組成物中,相對於溶媒以外的成分之總含量,黏著性樹脂(i)之含量之比率(亦即黏著劑層之黏著性樹脂(i)之含量)較佳為60質量%至99質量%,更佳為70質量%至98質量%,尤佳為80質量%至96質量%。藉由將黏著性樹脂(i)之含量之前述比率設為此種範圍,可更容易地將前述治具固定用黏著片之前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)調整至前述數值範圍。In the adhesive composition for jigs, the ratio of the content of the adhesive resin (i) to the total content of the components other than the solvent (that is, the content of the adhesive resin (i) in the adhesive layer) is preferably 60 % by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 98% by mass, especially preferably 80% by mass to 96% by mass. By setting the aforementioned ratio of the content of the adhesive resin (i) in such a range, the aforementioned 180° peel-off adhesive force (Bh) of the aforementioned jig fixing adhesive sheet can be adjusted more easily to the aforementioned numerical range.

(交聯劑(ii)) 治具用黏著劑組成物較佳係含有交聯劑(ii)。 交聯劑(ii)例如係與前述官能基進行反應而使黏著性樹脂(i)彼此交聯。 作為交聯劑(ii),例如可列舉:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二甲苯二異氰酸酯、這些二異氰酸酯之加合物等異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三膦三嗪等氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 由提高黏著劑之凝集力且容易將前述治具固定用黏著片之前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)調整至前述數值範圍的方面來說、以及由容易取得等方面來說,交聯劑(ii)較佳為異氰酸酯系交聯劑。 (crosslinking agent (ii)) The adhesive composition for jigs preferably contains a crosslinking agent (ii). The crosslinking agent (ii) reacts with the said functional group, for example, and crosslinks adhesive resin (i) mutually. Examples of the crosslinking agent (ii) include isocyanate-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having isocyanate groups) such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates. Epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (cross-linking agents with glycidyl groups); Hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridinyl]triphosphine triazine and other aziridine-based cross-linking agents Cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent with aziridine group); metal chelate cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate (cross-linking agent with metal chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (Crosslinking agent with isocyanuric acid skeleton), etc. In terms of improving the cohesive force of the adhesive and making it easy to adjust the aforementioned 180° tear-off adhesive force (Bh) of the aforementioned jig-fixing adhesive sheet to the aforementioned numerical range, and from the aspect of being easy to obtain, the crosslinking agent (ii) Preferably, it is an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent.

治具用黏著劑組成物所含有之交聯劑(ii)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑(ii)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The crosslinking agent (ii) contained in the adhesive composition for jigs may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these crosslinking agents (ii) can be arbitrary. to choose.

治具用黏著劑組成物含有交聯劑(ii)之情形時,於治具用黏著劑組成物中,相對於黏著性樹脂(i)之含量100質量份,交聯劑(ii)之含量較佳為0.02質量份至4.0質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至2.0質量份,又更佳為0.04質量份至1.0質量份,尤佳為0.04質量份至0.3質量份。藉由使交聯劑(ii)之前述含量設為前述下限值以上,可更為顯著地獲得使用交聯劑(ii)所達到之功效。另外,藉由使交聯劑(ii)之前述含量設為前述範圍,可更容易地將前述治具固定用黏著片之前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)調整至前述數值範圍。When the adhesive composition for jigs contains the cross-linking agent (ii), the content of the cross-linking agent (ii) relative to the content of 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (i) in the adhesive composition for jigs is It is preferably 0.02 to 4.0 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 2.0 parts by mass, more preferably 0.04 to 1.0 parts by mass, especially preferably 0.04 to 0.3 parts by mass. By making the said content of a crosslinking agent (ii) more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a crosslinking agent (ii) can be acquired more notably. Moreover, by making the said content of a crosslinking agent (ii) into the said range, the said 180 degree peeling adhesive force (Bh) of the said jig fixing adhesive sheet can be adjusted more easily to the said numerical range.

(其他添加劑) 治具用黏著劑組成物亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,含有不相當於上述任一成分之其他添加劑。 作為前述其他添加劑,例如可列舉:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顔料、染料)、敏化劑、賦黏劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等公知之添加劑。 此外,所謂反應延遲劑,例如為抑制因混入至治具用黏著劑組成物中之觸媒之作用而於保存中之治具用黏著劑組成物中進行非目標之交聯反應的成分。作為反應延遲劑,例如可列舉藉由對觸媒之螯合而形成螯合錯合物之化合物,更具體而言、可列舉一分子中具有兩個以上之羰基(-C(=O)-)之化合物。 (other additives) The adhesive composition for jigs may also contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, tackifiers, Reaction delay agent, crosslinking accelerator (catalyst) and other known additives. In addition, the reaction delaying agent is, for example, a component that suppresses an unintended crosslinking reaction in the jig adhesive composition being stored due to the action of a catalyst mixed in the jig adhesive composition. As a reaction retarder, for example, a compound that forms a chelate complex by chelating a catalyst, more specifically, a molecule having two or more carbonyl groups (-C(=O)- ) compounds.

治具用黏著劑組成物所含有之其他添加劑亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些其他添加劑之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The other additives contained in the jig adhesive composition may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these other additives may be selected arbitrarily.

於治具用黏著劑組成物中,其他添加劑之含量並無特別限定,可根據添加劑之種類而適當選擇。In the adhesive composition for jigs, the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the types of additives.

(溶媒) 治具用黏著劑組成物亦可含有溶媒。治具用黏著劑組成物係藉由含有溶媒,而提高對塗敷對象面之塗敷適性。 (solvent) The adhesive composition for jigs may also contain a solvent. The adhesive composition for jigs improves the applicability to the surface to be coated by containing a solvent.

前述溶媒較佳為有機溶媒,作為前述有機溶媒,例如可列舉:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等酮;乙酸乙酯等酯(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二噁烷等醚;環己烷、正己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等醇等。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent, and examples of the aforementioned organic solvent include: ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylates) such as ethyl acetate; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane, Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol, etc.

作為前述溶媒,例如亦可不將黏著性樹脂(i)之製造時所使用之溶媒自黏著性樹脂(i)移除,而直接用於治具用黏著劑組成物中,亦可在治具用黏著劑組成物之製造時另外添加與黏著性樹脂(i)之製造時所使用之溶媒為相同或是不同種類之溶媒。As the aforementioned solvent, for example, the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (i) may not be removed from the adhesive resin (i), but may be directly used in the adhesive composition for jigs, and may also be used in jigs. When the adhesive composition is produced, the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (i) is additionally added, which is the same or a different type of solvent.

治具用黏著劑組成物所含有之溶媒亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些溶媒之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The solvent contained in the jig adhesive composition may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these solvents can be selected arbitrarily.

於治具用黏著劑組成物中,溶媒之含量並無特別限定,只要適當調節即可。In the adhesive composition for jigs, the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, as long as it is properly adjusted.

[治具用黏著劑組成物之製造方法] 治具用黏著劑組成物係藉由將用以構成該組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 各成分之調配時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加兩種以上之成分。 使用溶媒之情形時,亦可將溶媒與溶媒以外的任一調配成分進行混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋來使用,亦可不將溶媒以外的任一調配成分預先稀釋而是將溶媒與這些調配成分進行混合來使用。 [Manufacturing method of adhesive composition for jig] The adhesive composition for jigs is obtained by preparing the components used to constitute the composition. The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time. When using a solvent, the solvent may be mixed with any formulation components other than the solvent and the formulation components may be diluted beforehand, or the solvent may be mixed with these formulation components without pre-diluting any formulation components other than the solvent. Mix to use.

於調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,只要自下述方法等公知之方法中適當選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法。 各成分之添加及混合時之溫度以及時間只要各調配成分不劣化,則並無特別限定,只要適當調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The method of mixing the ingredients is not particularly limited, as long as it is properly selected from known methods such as the following methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirring bar or a stirring blade; a method of mixing by using a mixer; A method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves. The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as the ingredients are not deteriorated, as long as they are properly adjusted, the temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

[第一剝離膜以及第二剝離膜] 前述治具固定用黏著片可以在第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層之外側之兩面積層有第一剝離膜以及第二剝離膜之形態來進行供給。 [First release film and second release film] The adhesive sheet for jig fixing can be supplied in a form in which a first release film and a second release film are layered on both surfaces of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer.

作為第一剝離膜以及第二剝離膜並無特別限定,可使用市售的剝離膜,例如可使用:聚乙烯膜、聚丙烯膜、聚丁烯膜、聚丁二烯膜、聚甲基戊烯膜、聚氯乙烯膜、氯乙烯共聚物膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯膜、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯膜、聚胺基甲酸酯膜、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物膜、離子聚合物樹脂膜、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物膜、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物膜、聚苯乙烯膜、聚碳酸脂膜、聚醯亞胺膜、氟樹脂膜等,較佳為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜。此外也可使用這些膜的交聯膜。進而亦可使用這些膜的積層膜。The first release film and the second release film are not particularly limited, and commercially available release films can be used, for example: polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, etc. Polyethylene film, polyvinyl chloride film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyethylene terephthalate film, polyethylene naphthalate film, polybutylene terephthalate film, polyurethane film , ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, ionomer resin film, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer film, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer film, polystyrene film, polycarbonate film, poly An imide film, a fluororesin film, etc., preferably a polyethylene terephthalate film. In addition, crosslinked films of these films can also be used. Furthermore, laminated films of these films can also be used.

第一剝離膜中接觸第一黏著劑層之面以及第二剝離膜中接觸第二黏著劑層之面的表面張力較佳為40mN/m以下、又更佳為37mN/m以下,尤佳為35mN/m以下。表面張力之下限值通常為25mN/m左右。這種表面張力相對低的剝離膜可合適地選擇材質來獲得,或是亦可在剝離膜之表面塗佈剝離劑而施加剝離處理來獲得。第一剝離膜中接觸第一黏著劑層之面以及第二剝離膜中接觸第二黏著劑層之面之表面張力可相同亦可不同,較佳為例如以第一剝離膜中接觸第一黏著劑層之面成為重剝離面的方式來使得兩者之表面張力為不同。The surface tension of the surface of the first release film contacting the first adhesive layer and the surface of the second release film contacting the second adhesive layer is preferably 40 mN/m or less, more preferably 37 mN/m or less, especially preferably Below 35mN/m. The lower limit of surface tension is usually around 25mN/m. Such a release film with a relatively low surface tension can be obtained by appropriately selecting a material, or can be obtained by coating a release agent on the surface of the release film and applying a release treatment. The surface tension of the surface contacting the first adhesive layer in the first release film and the surface contacting the second adhesive layer in the second release film may be the same or different. The surface of the agent layer becomes the heavy peeling surface so that the surface tension of the two is different.

作為用於剝離處理之剝離劑,係使用醇酸系、聚矽氧系、氟系、不飽和聚酯系、聚烯烴系、蠟系、橡膠系等,尤其是醇酸系、聚矽氧系、氟系之剝離劑具有耐熱性而較佳。As the release agent used for peeling treatment, alkyd, polysiloxane, fluorine, unsaturated polyester, polyolefin, wax, rubber, etc. are used, especially alkyd and polysiloxane , Fluorine-based stripping agents are heat-resistant and preferred.

為了使用上述之剝離劑來對成為第一剝離膜以及第二剝離膜之基體的膜等表面進行剝離處理,係將剝離劑直接以無溶劑的狀態、或是經溶劑稀釋或乳膠化,藉由凹版塗佈機、繞線棒式塗佈機、氣刀式塗佈機、輥式塗佈機等進行塗佈,將塗佈有剝離劑之剝離膜在常溫下或是加熱下進行供給、或是藉由電子束進行硬化而形成剝離劑層即可。In order to use the above-mentioned release agent to release the surface of the film that becomes the base of the first release film and the second release film, etc., the release agent is directly in a solvent-free state, or is diluted with a solvent or emulsified. Gravure coater, wire-wound bar coater, air knife coater, roll coater, etc., supply the release film coated with release agent at room temperature or under heating, or What is necessary is just to form a release agent layer by hardening with an electron beam.

第一剝離膜中接觸第一黏著劑層之面以及第二剝離膜中接觸第二黏著劑層之面之表面粗糙度(Ra),較佳為10nm至100nm,較佳為15nm至60nm,較佳為20nm至50nm。 第一剝離膜中接觸第一黏著劑層之面以及第二剝離膜中接觸第二黏著劑層之面之表面粗糙度(Ra)亦可相同,亦可不同。 The surface roughness (Ra) of the surface contacting the first adhesive layer in the first release film and the surface contacting the second adhesive layer in the second release film is preferably from 10nm to 100nm, preferably from 15nm to 60nm, preferably from 15nm to 60nm. Preferably, it is 20nm to 50nm. The surface roughness (Ra) of the surface contacting the first adhesive layer of the first release film and the surface contacting the second adhesive layer of the second release film may be the same or different.

[治具固定用黏著片之製造方法] 治具固定用黏著片可藉由將上述各層以成為對應之位置關係之方式依序積層來製造。各層之形成方法如上文所說明。 [Manufacturing method of adhesive sheet for jig fixing] The adhesive sheet for jig fixing can be manufactured by sequentially laminating the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The formation method of each layer is as described above.

例如,在第一剝離膜之剝離處理面塗敷第一黏著劑層之治具用黏著劑組成物,而在第一剝離膜之剝離處理面上形成第一黏著劑層。在芯材膜之一側之第一面貼合第一黏著劑層之露出面。在第二剝離膜之剝離處理面塗敷第二黏著劑層之治具用黏著劑組成物,而在第二剝離膜之剝離處理面上形成第二黏著劑層。藉由在芯材膜之另一側之第二面貼合第二黏著劑層之露出面,可用以製造第一黏著劑層、芯材膜、以及第二黏著劑層依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之治具固定用黏著片。For example, the first adhesive layer is formed on the release-treated surface of the first release film by applying the adhesive composition for jigs of the first adhesive layer on the release-treated surface of the first release film. The exposed surface of the first adhesive layer is pasted on the first surface of one side of the core material film. The adhesive composition for jigs of the second adhesive layer is coated on the release-treated surface of the second release film, and the second adhesive layer is formed on the release-treated surface of the second release film. By sticking the exposed surface of the second adhesive layer on the second surface of the other side of the core film, it can be used to manufacture the first adhesive layer, the core film, and the second adhesive layer in order of these thicknesses Adhesive sheets for jig fixing formed by laminating layers in one direction.

[保護膜形成用複合片] 本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片係具備:支撐片、設置於前述支撐片之一側之面上之保護膜形成膜、以及設置於前述支撐片之前述一側之面上或設置於前述保護膜形成膜中與前述支撐片為相反側之第一面上之周緣部附近之治具用黏著劑層;前述治具用黏著劑層係使用上述之本發明之一實施形態之治具固定用黏著片所形成。 以下,一邊參照圖式一邊對本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之例加以說明。 [Composite sheet for protective film formation] A composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a support sheet, a protective film forming film provided on one side of the support sheet, and a protective film formed on the one side of the support sheet or The adhesive layer for jigs provided near the peripheral portion of the first surface on the opposite side to the support sheet in the protective film forming film; The jig is fixed with an adhesive sheet. Hereinafter, an example of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this embodiment is demonstrated, referring drawings.

圖2係示意性地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之一例之剖面圖。 此外,在圖2以後之圖中,對與已說明之圖所示相同之構成要素標註與已說明之圖之情形相同的符號,省略詳細說明。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment. In addition, in FIG. 2 and subsequent figures, the same reference numerals as in the case of the already-described figures are assigned to the same constituent elements as those shown in the already-described figures, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片101係具備支撐片10、設置於支撐片10之一側之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)10a上之保護膜形成膜13所構成。 支撐片10係具備基材11、以及設置於基材11之一側之面(第一面)11a上之黏著劑層12所構成。保護膜形成用複合片101中、黏著劑層12配置於基材11與保護膜形成膜13之間。 亦即,保護膜形成用複合片101係具備由基材11以及黏著劑層12所構成之支撐片10、設置於支撐片10的黏著劑層12之面上之保護膜形成膜13、以及在保護膜形成膜13中與支撐片10為相反側之第一面上之周緣部附近所設置之治具用黏著劑層16。 支撐片10的第一面10a係相同於黏著劑層12中與基材11側為相反側之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)12a。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 101 shown here includes a support sheet 10 and a protective film-forming film provided on a surface (sometimes referred to as "first surface" in this specification) 10a of the support sheet 10. 13 constitute. The support sheet 10 is composed of a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12 provided on one surface (first surface) 11 a of the base material 11 . In the composite sheet 101 for protective film formation, the adhesive layer 12 is arrange|positioned between the base material 11 and the protective film formation film 13. That is, the composite sheet 101 for forming a protective film is provided with a support sheet 10 composed of a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12, a protective film forming film 13 provided on the surface of the adhesive layer 12 of the support sheet 10, and The protective film forms the jig adhesive layer 16 provided near the periphery of the first surface of the film 13 on the opposite side to the support sheet 10 . The first surface 10 a of the support sheet 10 is the same as the surface (sometimes referred to as “first surface” in this specification) 12 a on the side opposite to the substrate 11 side of the adhesive layer 12 .

保護膜形成用複合片101係進而在保護膜形成膜13上具備治具用黏著劑層16以及剝離膜15。 於保護膜形成用複合片101中,在黏著劑層12的第一面12a的全面或大致全面,積層有保護膜形成膜13,在保護膜形成膜13中與黏著劑層12側為相反側之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)13a之一部分、亦即在周緣部附近之區域積層有治具用黏著劑層16。進而,在保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a之中未積層有治具用黏著劑層16之區域、以及治具用黏著劑層16中與保護膜形成膜13側為相反側之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)16a積層有剝離膜15。在保護膜形成膜13中與第一面13a為相反側之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第二面」)13b設有支撐片10。 The composite sheet 101 for protective film formation is further equipped with the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs, and the peeling film 15 on the protective film formation film 13. In the protective film forming composite sheet 101, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on the entire or substantially entire surface of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and the protective film forming film 13 is on the opposite side to the adhesive layer 12 side. Adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated on a part of surface (sometimes referred to as "first surface" in this specification) 13a, that is, a region near the peripheral edge. Furthermore, among the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, the area where the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is not laminated, and the surface of the adhesive layer 16 for jigs that is on the opposite side to the side of the protective film forming film 13 ( The peeling film 15 is laminated|stacked on 16a sometimes called a "1st surface" in this specification. The support sheet 10 is provided on the surface (sometimes referred to as a "second surface" in this specification) opposite to the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 .

不限於保護膜形成用複合片101之情形,於本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,剝離膜為任意的構成,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片可具備剝離膜,亦可不具備。Not limited to the case of the composite sheet 101 for forming a protective film, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment, the release film may have any configuration, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment may or may not be provided with a release film. .

保護膜形成用複合片101係在剝離膜15被移除的狀態下,於保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a貼附工件之內面,進而,使治具用黏著劑層16的第一面16a貼附於環型框等固定用治具18來使用。The protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface of the workpiece on the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 in the state where the peeling film 15 is removed, and then the first surface of the jig adhesive layer 16 is attached to the inner surface of the workpiece. The surface 16a is attached to a fixing jig 18 such as a ring frame and used.

圖3係示意性地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之另一例的剖面圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片102除了保護膜形成膜之形狀以及大小不同,且治具用黏著劑層積層於黏著劑層之第一面而非保護膜形成膜之第一面的方面以外,係與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment. In the protective film forming composite sheet 102 shown here, except that the shape and size of the protective film forming film are different, and the adhesive for jigs is laminated on the first surface of the adhesive layer instead of the first surface of the protective film forming film. Other than that, it is the same as the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2 .

更具體而言,於保護膜形成用複合片102中,保護膜形成膜23係積層於黏著劑層12的第一面12a之一部分之區域、亦即積層於黏著劑層12之寬度方向(圖3之左右方向)的中央側之區域。進而,於黏著劑層12的第一面12a之中未積層有保護膜形成膜23之區域,以將保護膜形成膜23自寬度方向之外側以非接觸地包圍之方式積層有治具用黏著劑層16。進而,在保護膜形成膜23中與黏著劑層12側為相反側之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)23a、以及治具用黏著劑層16的第一面16a積層有剝離膜15。在保護膜形成膜23中與第一面23a為相反側之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第二面」)23b設置有支撐片10。More specifically, in the protective film forming composite sheet 102, the protective film forming film 23 is laminated on a part of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, that is, in the width direction of the adhesive layer 12 (Fig. 3 in the left and right directions) on the central side of the area. Furthermore, in the region where the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated on the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, the adhesive for the jig is laminated so as to surround the protective film forming film 23 from the outside in the width direction without contact. Agent layer 16. Furthermore, in the protective film forming film 23, the surface opposite to the adhesive layer 12 side (sometimes referred to as "first surface" in this specification) 23a, and the first surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 A release film 15 is laminated. The support sheet 10 is provided on the surface (sometimes referred to as a "second surface" in this specification) opposite to the first surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23 .

圖4係示意性地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片又另一例的剖面圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片104除了替代支撐片10而改為具備支撐片20來構成的方面以外,係與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment. The composite sheet 104 for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 101 for protective film formation shown in FIG.

支撐片20係僅由基材11所構成。 亦即,保護膜形成用複合片104係由基材11以及保護膜形成膜13於這些之厚度方向積層所構成。保護膜形成用複合片104具備:僅由基材11所構成之支撐片20、設置於支撐片20之一側之面上之保護膜形成膜13、以及於支撐片10的前述一側之面上之周緣部附近所設置之治具用黏著劑層16。 支撐片20的保護膜形成膜13側之面(第一面)20a係與基材11的第一面11a相同。 The supporting sheet 20 is only composed of the base material 11 . That is, the composite sheet 104 for protective film formation is comprised by laminating|stacking the base material 11 and the protective film forming film 13 in the thickness direction of these. The composite sheet 104 for forming a protective film includes: a support sheet 20 composed only of the base material 11 , a protective film forming film 13 provided on one side of the support sheet 20 , and a surface on the aforementioned side of the support sheet 10 Adhesive layer 16 for jigs provided near the upper peripheral edge. The surface (first surface) 20 a of the support sheet 20 on the protective film forming film 13 side is the same as the first surface 11 a of the base material 11 .

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片不限定於圖2至圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片,亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,將圖2至圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分構成變更或刪除,或對至此為止所說明的保護膜形成用複合片進一步追加其他構成。The composite sheet for forming a protective film in this embodiment is not limited to the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. Some configurations of the composite sheet for protective film formation are changed or deleted, or other configurations are further added to the composite sheet for protective film formation described so far.

再來,對於構成保護膜形成用複合片之各層進行更詳細的說明。Next, each layer which comprises the composite sheet for protective film formation is demonstrated in more detail.

○支撐片 前述支撐片可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層所構成。支撐片由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層之構成材料以及厚度可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合在不損及本發明功效之範圍內,並無特別限定。 ○Support piece The above-mentioned supporting sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of multiple layers, the constituent materials and thicknesses of these layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.

支撐片較佳為透明,亦可根據需要而著色。 保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性時,支撐片較佳為使能量線穿透。 The support sheet is preferably transparent, and can be colored as needed. When the protective film forming film has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the support sheet allows energy ray to penetrate.

作為支撐片,例如可列舉:具備基材、以及設置於前述基材之一側之面上之黏著劑層之支撐片;僅由基材所構成之支撐片等。當支撐片具備黏著劑層之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片之中,黏著劑層係被配置於基材與保護膜形成膜之間。As a support sheet, the support sheet provided with the base material and the adhesive layer provided on one side of the said base material, the support sheet which consists only of a base material, etc. are mentioned, for example. When the support sheet has an adhesive layer, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, an adhesive layer is arrange|positioned between a base material and a protective film forming film.

在使用具備有基材以及黏著劑層之支撐片之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片之中,可容易地調節支撐片與保護膜形成膜之間之密接性以及剝離性。 在使用僅由基材所構成之支撐片之情形時,可以低成本來製造保護膜形成用複合片。 When using the support sheet provided with a base material and an adhesive layer, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, the adhesiveness and peelability of a support sheet and a protective film forming film can be adjusted easily. When using the support sheet which consists only of a base material, the composite sheet for protective film formation can be manufactured at low cost.

○基材 前述基材為片狀或膜狀,作為基材之構成材料,例如可列舉各種樹脂。 作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;low density polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;linear low density polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;high density polyethylene)等聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降冰片烯樹脂等聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降冰片烯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體所獲得之共聚物);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚-2,6-萘二羧酸乙二酯、所有構成單元係具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等聚酯;兩種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸脂;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改質聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 ○Substrate The aforementioned base material is in the form of a sheet or a film, and examples of the constituent material of the base material include various resins. Examples of the aforementioned resins include polyethylenes such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE; low density polyethylene), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE; linear low density polyethylene), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE; high density polyethylene); Polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- Ethylene-based copolymers (copolymers obtained by using ethylene as a monomer) such as (meth)acrylate copolymers and ethylene-norbornene copolymers; polystyrene; polycycloolefins; polyethylene terephthalate , Polyethylene naphthalate, Polybutylene terephthalate, Polyethylene isophthalate, Polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylate, all constituent units have aromatic ring formula Polyesters such as wholly aromatic polyesters; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly(meth)acrylates; polyurethanes; polyacrylic urethanes; polyimides; Polyamide; polycarbonate; fluororesin; polyacetal; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide;

前述基材之構成材料較佳係含聚烯烴之樹脂,其中較佳為聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴,更佳為聚丙烯。The constituent material of the aforementioned substrate is preferably polyolefin-containing resin, among which polyolefin other than polyethylene is preferred, and polypropylene is more preferred.

另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉前述聚酯與該聚酯以外的樹脂之混合物等聚合物合金。前述聚酯與該聚酯以外的樹脂之聚合物合金較佳係聚酯以外的樹脂之量為相對少量。 另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉:至此為止所例示之前述樹脂之一種或兩種以上進行交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用至此為止所例示之前述樹脂之一種或兩種以上之離子聚合物等改質樹脂。 Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and resin other than this polyester, are also mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the aforementioned polyester and a resin other than the polyester preferably has a relatively small amount of the resin other than the polyester. In addition, examples of the aforementioned resins include: crosslinked resins obtained by crosslinking one or more types of the aforementioned resins exemplified so far; Modified resins such as polymers.

構成基材之樹脂可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些樹脂之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The resin constituting the base material may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these resins can be selected arbitrarily.

基材亦可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層所構成,由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合並無特別限定。The base material may also be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When composed of multiple layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.

基材之厚度較佳為50μm至300μm,更佳為60μm至100μm。藉由基材之厚度為此種範圍,支撐片以及保護膜形成用複合片之可撓性、以及對半導體晶圓等工件之貼附適性更提高。 此處,所謂「基材之厚度」,意指基材總體之厚度,例如所謂由多層所構成之基材之厚度,意指構成基材之所有層之合計厚度。 The thickness of the substrate is preferably from 50 μm to 300 μm, more preferably from 60 μm to 100 μm. When the thickness of the base material is within such a range, the flexibility of the support sheet and the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the adhesion property to workpieces such as semiconductor wafers are further improved. Here, the "thickness of the substrate" refers to the thickness of the entire substrate, for example, the thickness of a substrate composed of multiple layers refers to the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate.

基材亦可除了前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,還含有填充材、著色劑、抗氧化劑、有機滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知的各種添加劑。The base material may contain various well-known additives such as fillers, colorants, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and softeners (plasticizers) in addition to the main constituent materials such as the aforementioned resins.

基材較佳為透明,根據需要亦可進行著色,亦可蒸鍍有其它層。The base material is preferably transparent, and may be colored as necessary, and another layer may be vapor-deposited.

對於基材,亦可為了調節相對於設置於該基材上之黏著劑層或保護膜形成膜之接著性,而對表面實施有下述處理:噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧-紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等酸化處理;親油處理;親水處理等。另外,基材亦可表面經底塗處理。For the base material, in order to adjust the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer or protective film formed on the base material, the following treatments may be performed on the surface: roughening treatment such as sandblasting treatment, solvent treatment, etc.; Corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone-ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment and other acidification treatments; lipophilic treatment; hydrophilic treatment, etc. In addition, the surface of the substrate can also be treated with primer.

基材亦可藉由含有特定範圍之成分(例如樹脂等),而於至少一側之面具有黏著性。The substrate can also have adhesiveness on at least one side by containing a specific range of ingredients (such as resin, etc.).

○黏著劑層 前述黏著劑層為片狀或膜狀,且含有黏著劑。 作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸脂、酯系樹脂等黏著性樹脂。 ○Adhesive layer The aforementioned adhesive layer is sheet-like or film-like and contains an adhesive. Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber-based resins, silicone resins, epoxy-based resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, and ester-based resins.

於本說明書中,「黏著性樹脂」中包含具有黏著性之樹脂與具有接著性之樹脂兩者。例如,於前述黏著性樹脂中,不僅包含樹脂自身具有黏著性之樹脂,亦包含藉由與添加劑等其他成分併用而表現黏著性之樹脂、或者藉由熱或水等觸發之存在而表現接著性之樹脂等。In this specification, "adhesive resin" includes both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin. For example, the above-mentioned adhesive resins include not only resins that have adhesiveness by themselves, but also resins that express adhesiveness by using in combination with other ingredients such as additives, or that express adhesiveness by the presence of triggers such as heat or water. resin etc.

黏著劑層亦可由一層(單層)所構成,亦可由兩層以上之多層所構成,由多層所構成之情形時,這些多層可彼此相同亦可不同,這些多層之組合並無特別限定。The adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When composed of multiple layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.

黏著劑層之厚度並無特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為1μm至60μm,尤佳為1μm至30μm。 此處,所謂「黏著劑層之厚度」,意指黏著劑層整體之厚度,例如所謂由多層所構成之黏著劑層之厚度,意指構成黏著劑層之所有層之合計厚度。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 60 μm, and most preferably 1 μm to 30 μm. Here, the "thickness of the adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire adhesive layer, for example, the thickness of the adhesive layer composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層較佳為透明,根據需要亦可進行著色。 保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性時,黏著劑層較佳為使能量線穿透。 The adhesive layer is preferably transparent, and may be colored as necessary. When the protective film forming film has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer penetrates energy ray.

黏著劑層可為能量線硬化性以及非能量線硬化性中任一種。能量線硬化性之黏著劑層可調節硬化前以及硬化後之物性。例如,在後述之具保護膜之晶片之拾取前,藉由使能量線硬化性之黏著劑層進行硬化,可更容易地拾取該具保護膜之晶片。The adhesive layer may be either energy ray curable or non-energy ray curable. The energy ray hardening adhesive layer can adjust the physical properties before and after hardening. For example, the wafer with a protective film can be picked up more easily by hardening the energy ray-curable adhesive layer before picking up a wafer with a protective film described later.

黏著劑層可使用含有黏著劑之黏著劑組成物來形成。例如,藉由在黏著劑層之形成對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物,根據需要而進行乾燥,可在目標之部位形成黏著劑層。於黏著劑組成物中,在常溫不氣化之成分彼此之含量之比率通常與黏著劑層之前述成分彼此之含量之比率相同。The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, the adhesive layer can be formed on the target site by applying the adhesive composition on the surface to be formed of the adhesive layer and drying it as necessary. In the adhesive composition, the content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at normal temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components of the adhesive layer.

黏著劑組成物之塗敷以及乾燥,例如可以與上述之治具用黏著劑組成物之塗敷以及乾燥之情形相同方法來進行。The application and drying of the adhesive composition can be performed, for example, in the same manner as the above-mentioned application and drying of the adhesive composition for jigs.

黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,作為能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉:含有具有羥基且為非能量線硬化性之黏著性之丙烯酸樹脂(I-1a)(以下有時簡記為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)、以及能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-1);含有在非能量線硬化性之前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之側鏈導入有不飽和基之能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下有時簡記為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」)之黏著劑組成物(I-2);含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)、以及能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-3)等。When the adhesive layer is energy ray curable, the energy ray curable adhesive composition includes, for example, an acrylic resin (I-1a) containing a hydroxyl group and non-energy ray curable adhesive (hereinafter Sometimes abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-1a)"), and an adhesive composition (I-1) of an energy ray-curable compound; containing the above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-1a) that is non-energy ray-curable Adhesive composition (I-2) of an energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-2a)") having an unsaturated group introduced into its side chain; Adhesive composition (I-3) and the like containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.

黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之情形時,作為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有非能量線硬化性之前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組成物(I-4)等。When the adhesive layer is non-energy ray-curable, examples of the non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition include an adhesive composition containing the aforementioned non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) ( I-4) etc.

[非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)係具有羥基之丙烯酸樹脂。 作為前述丙烯酸樹脂,例如可列舉具有源自含羥基之單體之構成單元、以及源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元之丙烯酸聚合物。 作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為1至20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,前述烷基較佳為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。 [Non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is an acrylic resin having a hydroxyl group. As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has the structural unit derived from the monomer containing a hydroxyl group, and the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate is mentioned, for example. Examples of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylate include alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably linear or branched. shape.

前述丙烯酸聚合物亦可除了源自含羥基之單體之構成單元、以及源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外,進而具有含羥基之單體以外的源自含官能基之單體之構成單元。 作為包括含羥基之單體之含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑進行反應而成為交聯之起點、或是藉由前述官能基與後述之含不飽和基之化合物中之異氰酸酯基、縮水甘油基等官能基進行反應,而可在丙烯酸聚合物之側鏈導入不飽和基之單體。 The aforementioned acrylic polymer may have units derived from functional groups other than the hydroxyl-containing monomer in addition to the constituent units derived from the hydroxyl-containing monomer and the constituent units derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate. The constituent units of the body. Examples of functional group-containing monomers including hydroxyl-containing monomers include: starting point of crosslinking by reacting the aforementioned functional group with a cross-linking agent described later; The reaction of functional groups such as isocyanate group and glycidyl group in the unsaturated group compound can introduce unsaturated group monomer into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.

作為前述含官能基之單體,除了含羥基之單體以外,例如可列舉:含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。Examples of the functional group-containing monomer include carboxyl group-containing monomers, amino group-containing monomers, and epoxy group-containing monomers, in addition to hydroxyl group-containing monomers.

前述丙烯酸聚合物,除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元、以及源自含官能基之單體之構成單元以外,亦可進而具有源自其它單體之構成單元。 前述其它單體只要可與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等進行共聚即可並無特別限定。 作為前述其它單體,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 The said acrylic polymer may further have the structural unit derived from another monomer other than the structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate and the functional group containing monomer. The aforementioned other monomers are not particularly limited as long as they can be copolymerized with an alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like. Examples of the other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, and the like.

於前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)、黏著劑組成物(I-3)以及黏著劑組成物(I-4)(以下包括這些黏著劑組成物,簡記為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)」)中,前述丙烯酸聚合物等前述丙烯酸樹脂所具有之構成單元可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些構成單元之組合及比率可任意地選擇。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2), adhesive composition (I-3) and adhesive composition (I-4) (hereinafter including these adhesive compositions, Abbreviated as "adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4)"), the structural units of the aforementioned acrylic resin such as the aforementioned acrylic polymer may be only one type, or may be two or more types , when there are two or more of them, the combination and ratio of these constituent units can be selected arbitrarily.

於前述丙烯酸聚合物中,相對於構成單元之總量,源自含官能基之單體之構成單元之量的比率較佳為1質量%至35質量%。In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, the ratio of the amount of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer to the total amount of the structural unit is preferably 1% by mass to 35% by mass.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。Adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, The combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-1a) can be selected arbitrarily.

由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)所形成之黏著劑層中,相對於前述黏著劑層之總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之含量之比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%,亦可為例如25質量%至98質量%、45質量%至97質量%、以及65質量%至96質量%中任一者。In the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-4), the content ratio of the adhesive resin (I-1a) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer It is preferably 5% by mass to 99% by mass, and may be, for example, any one of 25% by mass to 98% by mass, 45% by mass to 97% by mass, and 65% by mass to 96% by mass.

[能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)例如可藉由以下方式獲得:使具有能量線聚合性不飽和基之含不飽和基之化合物與前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中之官能基進行反應而獲得。 [Energy Ray Curing Adhesive Resin (I-2a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group with a functional group in the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a). get.

前述含不飽和基之化合物係一種所具有之基除了和前述能量線聚合性不飽和基進行反應以外,進而也和黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中之官能基進行反應,而可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之化合物。 作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(ethenyl;次乙基)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 作為可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中之官能基鍵結之基,例如可列舉:可與羥基或胺基鍵結的異氰酸酯基以及縮水甘油基、以及可與羧基或環氧基鍵結的羥基以及胺基等。 The aforementioned unsaturated group-containing compound is a group having a group that reacts not only with the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group, but also with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) to react with the adhesive resin (I-1a). Resin (I-1a)-bonded compound. Examples of the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth)acryl, vinyl (ethenyl; ethylene), allyl (2-propenyl), and the like, preferably (methyl) Acryl. Examples of groups that can be bonded to the functional groups in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include isocyanate groups and glycidyl groups that can be bonded to hydroxyl groups or amine groups, and carboxyl groups that can be bonded to epoxy groups. hydroxyl and amine groups.

作為前述含不飽和基之化合物,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryl isocyanate, and glycidyl (meth)acrylate.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。Adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, The combination and ratio of these adhesive resins (I-2a) can be selected arbitrarily.

由黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成之黏著劑層中,相對於前述黏著劑層之總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量之比率較佳為5質量%至99質量%。In the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive composition (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the content ratio of the adhesive resin (I-2a) relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive layer Preferably it is 5% by mass to 99% by mass.

[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉如具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且可藉由能量線的照射而硬化之單體或低聚物。 [Energy Beam Curing Compound] Examples of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound contained in the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive agent composition (I-3) include, for example, compounds having an energy-ray-polymerizable unsaturated group that can be irradiated with energy rays. And hardened monomer or oligomer.

於能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為單體,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 於能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為低聚物,例如可列舉在上述所例示之單體之聚合物之低聚物等。 Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of monomers include: trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate Poly(meth)acrylates such as (meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid amine Polyester (meth)acrylate; Polyether (meth)acrylate; Epoxy (meth)acrylate, etc. Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomers include oligomers of polymers of the monomers exemplified above, and the like.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性化合物之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The aforementioned energy ray-curing compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the energy The combination and ratio of the line-curing compounds can be selected arbitrarily.

由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成之黏著劑層中,相對於前述黏著劑層之總質量,前述能量線硬化性化合物之含量之比率較佳為1質量%至50質量%。In the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the ratio of the content of the energy ray-curable compound to the total mass of the adhesive layer is preferable 1% by mass to 50% by mass.

[交聯劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可進而含有異氰酸酯系交聯劑。 [Crosslinking agent] Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) may further contain an isocyanate crosslinking agent.

前述交聯劑係與前述羥基進行反應,而使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此或黏著性樹脂(I-2a)彼此進行交聯。The crosslinking agent reacts with the hydroxyl group to crosslink the adhesive resins (I-1a) or the adhesive resins (I-2a).

於前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)或黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量100質量份,交聯劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,例如亦可為1質量份至40質量份、5質量份至35質量份、以及10質量份至30質量份中任一者。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4), with respect to the content of adhesive resin (I-1a) or adhesive resin (I-2a) of 100 mass parts, crosslinking The content of the agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, for example, may be any of 1 to 40 parts by mass, 5 to 35 parts by mass, and 10 to 30 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)以及黏著劑組成物(I-3)(以下包括這些黏著劑組成物,有時簡記為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)」)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)即使以紫外線等相對低能量的能量線照射,仍可以充分地進行硬化反應。 [Photopolymerization Initiator] Adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2), and adhesive composition (I-3) (these adhesive compositions are included below, and sometimes abbreviated as "adhesive composition (I- 1) to the adhesive composition (I-3)") may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator can sufficiently undergo hardening reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:二苯甲酮、苯乙酮、安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、α-羥基環己基苯基酮、苄基二苯基硫醚、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆、偶氮雙異丁腈、苯偶醯、二苯偶醯、二乙醯、1,2-二苯基甲烷、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦以及β-氯蒽醌等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzophenone, acetophenone, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, Benzoin dimethyl ketal, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, α-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, benzyl diphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, azobisisobutyronitrile , benzoyl, dibenzoyl, diacetyl, 1,2-diphenylmethane, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]acetone, 2,4,6-Trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and β-chloroanthraquinone, etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these photopolymerization initiators The combination and ratio of starters can be selected arbitrarily.

於黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物之含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 於黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 於黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)以及前述能量線硬化性化合物之總含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound. In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass.

[其他添加劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內,含有不相當於上述任一成分之其他添加劑。 作為前述其他添加劑,例如可列舉:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顔料、染料)、敏化劑、賦黏劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等公知之添加劑。 此外,所謂反應延遲劑,例如為抑制因混入至黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中之觸媒之作用而在保存中之黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中進行非目標之交聯反應的成分。作為反應延遲劑,例如可列舉由對觸媒之螯合而形成螯合錯合物之化合物,更具體而言可列舉一分子中具有兩個以上之羰基(-C(=O)-)之化合物。 [Other additives] Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, tackifiers, Reaction delay agent, crosslinking accelerator (catalyst) and other known additives. In addition, the so-called reaction delaying agent is, for example, the adhesive composition (I- 1) A component that performs an unintended cross-linking reaction in the adhesive composition (I-4). As a reaction retarder, for example, a compound that forms a chelate complex by chelating a catalyst, more specifically, a compound having two or more carbonyl groups (-C(=O)-) in one molecule can be mentioned. compound.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些其他添加劑之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination of these other additives and The ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之其他添加劑之含量並無特別限定,可根據添加劑之種類而適當選擇。The contents of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the types of additives.

[溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可含有溶媒。黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)藉由含有溶媒,而提高對塗敷對象面之塗敷適性。 [solvent] Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain a solvent. Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) improve the applicability to the surface to be coated by containing a solvent.

前述溶媒較佳為有機溶媒,作為前述有機溶媒,例如可列舉:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等酮;乙酸乙酯等酯(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二噁烷等醚;環己烷、正己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等醇等。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent, and examples of the aforementioned organic solvent include: ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylates) such as ethyl acetate; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane, Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol, etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之溶媒可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些溶媒之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The solvent contained in adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these solvents may be Choose arbitrarily.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之溶媒之含量並無特別限定,適當調節即可。The contents of the solvents in the adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) are not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

○黏著劑組成物之製造方法 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)等黏著劑組成物,可將前述黏著劑以及根據需要所添加之前述黏著劑以外的成分等用以構成黏著劑組成物之各成分進行調配而獲得。 各成分之調配時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加兩種以上之成分。 於調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,只要自下述方法等公知之方法中適當選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法。 各成分之添加及混合時之溫度以及時間只要各調配成分不劣化,則並無特別限定,只要適當調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 ○Manufacturing method of adhesive composition Adhesive compositions such as adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4), the aforementioned adhesive and, if necessary, components other than the aforementioned adhesive can be used to constitute the adhesive composition It is obtained by blending the various components. The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time. The method of mixing the ingredients is not particularly limited, as long as it is properly selected from known methods such as the following methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirring bar or a stirring blade; a method of mixing by using a mixer; A method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves. The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as the ingredients are not deteriorated, as long as they are properly adjusted, the temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

◇支撐片之製造方法 於基材上設置黏著劑層時,例如只要於基材上塗敷黏著劑組成物,根據需要加以乾燥即可。而且,例如亦可藉由將黏著劑組成物塗敷於剝離膜上,根據需要加以乾燥,而於剝離膜上預先形成黏著劑層,將該黏著劑層的露出面與基材的一表面貼合,藉此於基材上積層黏著劑層。該情形之剝離膜只要於保護膜形成用複合片之製造過程或使用過程之任一時機移除即可。 ◇Manufacturing method of support sheet When providing an adhesive layer on a base material, for example, it is only necessary to apply an adhesive composition on a base material, and to dry it as needed. Furthermore, for example, an adhesive layer may be previously formed on the release film by applying the adhesive composition on the release film and drying it as necessary, and bonding the exposed surface of the adhesive layer to one surface of the substrate. combined, whereby an adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate. The release film in this case may be removed at any timing during the production process or use process of the protective film forming composite sheet.

○保護膜形成膜 於前述保護膜形成膜係在具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中係貼附於半導體晶圓等工件之內面而使用。保護膜形成膜可用於保護工件或將前述工件加以分割而獲得之晶片之內面。 ○Protective film forming film The above-mentioned protective film forming film is used by being attached to the inner surface of workpieces such as semiconductor wafers in the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film. The protective film forming film can be used to protect the inner surface of a workpiece or a wafer obtained by dividing the aforementioned workpiece.

藉由使用前述保護膜形成用複合片,可藉由後述之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法來製造具備晶片、以及設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜之具保護膜之晶片。By using the above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film, a wafer with a protective film including a wafer and a protective film provided on the inner surface of the wafer can be manufactured by a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film described later.

進而,可藉由使用前述具保護膜之晶片來製造基板裝置。 本說明書之中,所謂「基板裝置」,意指將具保護膜之晶片在該晶片的電路面上的突狀電極覆晶連接於電路基板上的連接墊而構成之裝置。例如,若使用半導體晶圓作為工件之情形時,則作為基板裝置,可列舉如搭載了具保護膜之半導體晶片之半導體裝置。 Furthermore, a substrate device can be manufactured by using the aforementioned wafer with a protective film. In this specification, the so-called "substrate device" refers to a device formed by flip-chip connecting protruding electrodes on the circuit surface of the chip with a protective film to connection pads on the circuit substrate. For example, when a semiconductor wafer is used as the workpiece, the substrate device includes, for example, a semiconductor device on which a semiconductor wafer with a protective film is mounted.

前述保護膜形成膜亦可為硬化性,亦可為非硬化性。前述保護膜形成膜較佳為硬化性。 當前述保護膜形成膜為硬化性時,前述保護膜形成膜亦可為熱硬化性保護膜形成膜,亦可為能量線硬化性保護膜形成膜。前述保護膜形成膜更佳為熱硬化性保護膜形成膜。 本說明書之中,藉由將常溫的保護膜形成膜加熱至超過常溫之溫度為止,然後冷卻至常溫為止,藉此作成加熱-冷卻後之保護膜形成膜,將加熱-冷卻後之樹脂膜形成膜之硬度與加熱前之樹脂膜形成膜之硬度以相同溫度進行比較時,加熱-冷卻後之樹脂膜形成膜較硬之情形時,該保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性。 The protective film forming film may be curable or non-curable. The protective film forming film is preferably curable. When the protective film forming film is curable, the protective film forming film may be a thermosetting protective film forming film or an energy ray curable protective film forming film. The above-mentioned protective film-forming film is more preferably a thermosetting protective film-forming film. In this specification, the protective film forming film after heating and cooling is formed by heating the protective film forming film at normal temperature to a temperature higher than normal temperature, and then cooling to normal temperature, and the resin film after heating and cooling is formed. When the hardness of the film is compared with the hardness of the resin film-forming film before heating at the same temperature, if the resin film-forming film after heating-cooling is harder, the protective film-forming film is thermosetting.

保護膜形成膜為硬化性時,藉由將貼附於半導體晶圓等工件或將貼附於工件經分割所得之晶片上之保護膜形成膜進行硬化,則保護膜形成膜會成為保護膜。 保護膜形成膜為非硬化性時,藉由將半導體晶圓等工件經分割所得之晶片連同貼附於晶片之保護膜形成膜一起進行拾取,保護膜形成膜視為已成保護膜。 When the protective film forming film is curable, the protective film forming film becomes a protective film by curing the protective film forming film attached to a workpiece such as a semiconductor wafer or a wafer obtained by dividing the workpiece. When the protective film forming film is non-curable, the protective film forming film is regarded as a formed protective film by picking up a chip obtained by dividing a workpiece such as a semiconductor wafer together with the protective film forming film attached to the wafer.

熱硬化性保護膜形成膜係可使用如以下說明之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)來形成。The thermosetting protective film-forming film can be formed using the thermosetting protective film-forming composition (III-1) described below.

[保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)] 作為熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉:含有聚合物成分(A)以及熱硬化性成分(B)之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)(本說明書中有時簡記為「保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)」)等。 [Protective film forming composition (III-1)] Examples of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film include: Composition (III-1) for forming a thermosetting protective film containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) (see It is simply referred to as "protective film forming composition (III-1)") and the like.

[聚合物成分(A)] 聚合物成分(A)係用以對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等之聚合物化合物。 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之聚合物成分(A)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些聚合物成分(A)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 [Polymer component (A)] The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility, etc. to a thermosetting protective film-forming film. The polymer component (A) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these The combination and ratio of the polymer component (A) can be selected arbitrarily.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如可列舉:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、飽和聚酯樹脂等,較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。Examples of the polymer component (A) include acrylic resins, urethane resins, phenoxy resins, silicone resins, saturated polyester resins, and the like, preferably acrylic resins.

前述丙烯酸樹脂係含有源自單體之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元之樹脂。此處所謂「源自」,意指前述單體受到進行聚合所必要的結構的改變。 此外,本說明書之中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」,意指包括「丙烯酸」以及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者之概念。關於與(甲基)丙烯酸類似的用語亦相同。 The said acrylic resin is resin containing the structural unit derived from the (meth)acrylate of a monomer. The term "derived from" here means that the aforementioned monomers are subjected to structural changes necessary for polymerization. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means the concept including both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". The same applies to terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid.

作為聚合物成分(A)中之前述丙烯酸樹脂,可列舉如公知的丙烯酸聚合物。 丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。藉由丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之形狀穩定性(保存時之經時穩定性)提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜變得易於追隨受附著體的凹凸面,可進而抑制在受附著體與熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之間產生間隙等。 Examples of the acrylic resin in the polymer component (A) include known acrylic polymers. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably from 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 100,000 to 1,500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of an acrylic resin is more than the said lower limit, the shape stability (time-dependent stability at the time of storage) of a thermosetting protective film forming film improves. In addition, when the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, the thermosetting protective film-forming film becomes easy to follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and the formation of a film between the adherend and the thermosetting protective film can be further suppressed. gaps etc.

丙烯酸樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-60℃至70℃,更佳為-30℃至50℃。藉由丙烯酸樹脂之Tg為前述下限值以上,保護膜與支撐片之密接力受到抑制,支撐片之剝離性提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸樹脂之Tg為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜以及保護膜相對於受附著體之接著力提高。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably -60°C to 70°C, more preferably -30°C to 50°C. When Tg of an acrylic resin is more than the said lower limit, the adhesive force of a protective film and a support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of a support sheet improves. Moreover, when Tg of an acrylic resin is below the said upper limit, the adhesive force of a thermosetting protective film formation film and a protective film with respect to an attachment object improves.

作為丙烯酸樹脂,例如可列舉:一種或兩種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的聚合物;選自(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸、伊康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯以及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等之兩種以上之單體之共聚物等。Examples of acrylic resins include: polymers of one or more (meth)acrylates; selected from (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, Copolymers of two or more monomers such as styrene and N-methylolacrylamide, etc.

作為構成丙烯酸樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲胺基乙酯等含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」,意指胺基中一個或兩個氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代而成之基。Examples of the (meth)acrylate constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. , n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second-butyl (meth)acrylate, third-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate ester, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, Myristyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), Pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, Cetyl (meth)acrylate Alkyl esters (palm (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. Alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl (meth)acrylate such as isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, etc. ; Aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; Cycloenyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; Dicyclopentenyloxy (meth)acrylate Cycloalkenyloxyalkyl (meth)acrylate such as ethyl ester; imine (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylate containing glycidyl group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid Hydroxymethyl ester, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) 3-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate and other hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates; (meth)acrylate N-methylaminoethyl base) acrylate, etc. Here, the "substituted amino group" means a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms in the amino group are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms.

構成丙烯酸樹脂之單體亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些單體之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The monomers constituting the acrylic resin may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these monomers can be selected arbitrarily.

丙烯酸樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等可與其它化合物鍵結的官能基。丙烯酸樹脂中之前述官能基亦可經由後述之交聯劑(F)而與其它化合物鍵結,亦可不經由交聯劑(F)而與其它化合物直接鍵結。丙烯酸樹脂藉由前述官能基而與其它化合物鍵結,則使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝體的可靠性有提高之傾向。The acrylic resin may also have functional groups such as vinyl groups, (meth)acryl groups, amine groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, and isocyanate groups that can be bonded to other compounds. The aforementioned functional groups in the acrylic resin may be bonded to other compounds through a crosslinking agent (F) described later, or may be directly bonded to other compounds without passing through a crosslinking agent (F). When the acrylic resin is bonded to other compounds through the functional group, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film tends to improve.

於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,不論聚合物成分(A)的種類為何,相對於溶媒以外的所有成分之總含量,聚合物成分(A)之含量之比率(亦即於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之總質量,聚合物成分(A)之含量之比率)較佳為1質量%以上至未達85質量%,較佳為2質量%以上至未達65質量%,更佳為3質量%以上至未達50質量%,又更佳為4質量%以上至未達40質量%,尤佳為5質量%以上至未達35質量%,尤佳為10質量%以上至未達30質量%。In the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film, regardless of the type of the polymer component (A), the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, in In the thermosetting protective film forming film, the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film forming film) is preferably at least 1% by mass and less than 85% by mass, preferably More than 2% by mass to less than 65% by mass, more preferably more than 3% by mass to less than 50% by mass, more preferably more than 4% by mass to less than 40% by mass, especially preferably more than 5% by mass to less than 5% by mass 35% by mass, preferably more than 10% by mass and less than 30% by mass.

聚合物成分(A)有時亦相當於熱硬化性成分(B)。本說明書中,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)在含有這種相當於聚合物成分(A)以及熱硬化性成分(B)的兩者之成分之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)視為含有聚合物成分(A)以及熱硬化性成分(B)。The polymer component (A) may also correspond to a thermosetting component (B). In this specification, when the protective film-forming composition (III-1) contains such components corresponding to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is considered to contain a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).

[熱硬化性成分(B)] 熱硬化性成分(B)係具有熱硬化性,用以使熱硬化性保護膜形成膜進行硬化而形成硬質的保護膜之成分。 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之熱硬化性成分(B)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些熱硬化性成分(B)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 [Thermosetting component (B)] The thermosetting component (B) is a component for forming a hard protective film by curing the thermosetting protective film forming film having thermosetting properties. The thermosetting component (B) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of these thermosetting components (B) can be selected arbitrarily.

作為熱硬化性成分(B),例如可列舉:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂(具有環氧基之熱硬化性樹脂)、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺樹脂(具有醯亞胺鍵之熱硬化性樹脂)、熱硬化性不飽和聚酯系樹脂(具有酯鍵以及碳原子間之不飽和鍵之熱硬化性樹脂)等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。本說明書之中,所謂熱硬化性聚醯亞胺樹脂,意指藉由進行熱硬化而形成聚醯亞胺樹脂之聚醯亞胺前驅物以及熱硬化性聚醯亞胺之總稱。Examples of the thermosetting component (B) include epoxy-based thermosetting resins (thermosetting resins having an epoxy group), thermosetting polyimide resins (thermosetting resins having an imide bond). resin), thermosetting unsaturated polyester resin (thermosetting resin having an ester bond and an unsaturated bond between carbon atoms), etc., preferably an epoxy-based thermosetting resin. In this specification, a thermosetting polyimide resin is a general term for a polyimide precursor and a thermosetting polyimide which form a polyimide resin by thermosetting.

(環氧系熱硬化性樹脂) 環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(B1)以及熱硬化劑(B2)所構成。 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些環氧系熱硬化性樹脂之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 (Epoxy Thermosetting Resin) The epoxy-based thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2). The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, The combination and ratio of these epoxy-type thermosetting resins can be selected arbitrarily.

・環氧樹脂(B1) 作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可為於分子內具有環氧基之環氧樹脂,可列舉公知之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚以及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等,於分子內具有2個以上之環氧基之2官能以上之環氧化合物。 ・Epoxy resin (B1) The epoxy resin (B1) may also be an epoxy resin having an epoxy group in the molecule, and known epoxy resins may be mentioned, for example, polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A bisphenol A Glycidyl ether and its hydride, o-cresol novolac epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin, biphenyl epoxy resin, bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, Bifunctional or higher epoxy compounds having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule, such as phenylene-skeleton epoxy resins.

作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used as the epoxy resin (B1).

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上,併用兩種以上之情形時,這些環氧樹脂(B1)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。One type of epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio of these epoxy resins (B1) can be selected arbitrarily.

・熱硬化劑(B2) 熱硬化劑(B2)作為對環氧樹脂(B1)之硬化劑而發揮功能。 作為熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉於一分子中具有兩個以上可與環氧基進行反應之官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 ・Thermosetting agent (B2) The thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1). As a thermosetting agent (B2), the compound which has two or more functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in one molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the aforementioned functional groups include: phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxyl groups, groups formed by anhydrided acid groups, etc., preferably phenolic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or groups formed by anhydrided acid groups. group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amine group.

於熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等。 於熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可列舉如二氰二胺(以下有時簡記為「DICY」)等。 Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of phenolic curing agents having phenolic hydroxyl groups include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolak-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenol resins, arane Base type phenolic resin, etc. Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "DICY") and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑。The thermosetting agent (B2) may also be a thermosetting agent having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

熱硬化劑(B2)較佳係在常溫下為固態,且對環氧樹脂(B1)不表現硬化活性,另一方面,因加熱而熔解,且對環氧樹脂(B1)表現硬化活性之熱硬化劑(以下有時簡記為「熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑」)。 前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑在常溫下於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,雖然在環氧樹脂(B1)中穩定地分散,但因加熱而與環氧樹脂(B1) 互溶,與環氧樹脂(B1)進行反應。藉由使用前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,保護膜形成用複合片之保存穩定性顯著提高。例如,硬化劑自熱硬化性保護膜形成膜移動至相鄰之支撐片或治具用黏著劑層受到抑制,有效地抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之熱硬化性之降低。進而,由於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜受熱之熱硬化性變高,後述之具保護膜之晶片之拾取性更為提高。 The thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably solid at room temperature, and does not show hardening activity to the epoxy resin (B1), on the other hand, it is melted by heating and shows hardening activity to the epoxy resin (B1). Hardener (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "heat-activated latent epoxy resin hardener"). The aforementioned thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener is stably dispersed in the epoxy resin (B1) in the thermosetting protective film forming film at room temperature, but is miscible with the epoxy resin (B1) by heating, and is compatible with the epoxy resin (B1). The epoxy resin (B1) reacts. The storage stability of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is remarkably improved by using the aforementioned heat-activated latent epoxy resin hardener. For example, migration of the curing agent from the thermosetting protective film forming film to the adjacent support sheet or the adhesive layer for jigs is suppressed, effectively suppressing a decrease in the thermosetting properties of the thermosetting protective film forming film. Furthermore, since the heat curability of the thermosetting protective film forming film becomes high, the pick-up property of the wafer with a protective film mentioned later improves further.

作為前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,例如可列舉:鎓鹽、二元酸醯肼(dibasic acid hydrazide)、二氰二胺、硬化劑的胺加成物等。Examples of the thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent include onium salts, dibasic acid hydrazide, dicyandiamine, and amine adducts of curing agents.

於熱硬化劑(B2)之中,例如聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分的分子量並無特別限定,較佳為例如60至500。In the thermosetting agent (B2), the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, and is preferably 60 to 500, for example.

熱硬化劑(B2)可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上,併用兩種以上之情形時,這些熱硬化劑(B2)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。One kind of thermosetting agent (B2) may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination, and when using two or more kinds together, the combination and ratio of these thermosetting agents (B2) can be selected arbitrarily.

於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於環氧樹脂(B1)之含量100質量份,熱硬化劑(B2)之含量較佳為0.1質量份至500質量份,更佳為1質量份至200質量份,又更佳為1質量份至50質量份,尤佳為1質量份至10質量份。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之硬化變得更容易進行。另外,藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之吸濕率減低,使用保護膜形成用複合片所得之封裝體之可靠性進一步提高。In the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably 0.1 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1) 500 parts by mass, more preferably 1 part by mass to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass, especially preferably 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass. When the said content of a thermosetting agent (B2) is more than the said lower limit, hardening|curing of a thermosetting protective film formation film will progress more easily. Moreover, when the said content of a thermosetting agent (B2) is below the said upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of a thermosetting protective film forming film falls, and the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves further.

於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,不論熱硬化性成分(B)的種類為何,相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量,熱硬化性成分(B)之含量之比率(亦即於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之總質量,熱硬化性成分(B)之含量之比率)較佳為1質量%以上至未達75質量%,較佳為2質量%以上至未達60質量%,更佳為3質量%以上至未達50質量%,又更佳為4質量%以上至未達40質量%,尤佳為5質量%以上至未達35質量%,尤佳為6質量%以上至未達30質量%。In the protective film forming composition (III-1), regardless of the type of the thermosetting component (B), the ratio of the content of the thermosetting component (B) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (also That is, in the thermosetting protective film forming film, the ratio of the content of the thermosetting component (B) to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film forming film) is preferably 1% by mass or more and less than 75% by mass, Preferably at least 2% by mass and less than 60% by mass, more preferably at least 3% by mass and less than 50% by mass, more preferably at least 4% by mass and less than 40% by mass, particularly preferably at least 5% by mass Up to less than 35% by mass, preferably more than 6% by mass and less than 30% by mass.

實施形態之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜可例示含有聚合物成分(A)以及熱硬化性成分(B),前述聚合物成分(A)為丙烯酸樹脂,熱硬化性成分(B)係由環氧樹脂(B1)以及熱硬化劑(B2)所構成之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。The thermosetting protective film forming film of the embodiment can exemplarily contain a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B). The aforementioned polymer component (A) is an acrylic resin, and the thermosetting component (B) is made of epoxy resin. An epoxy-based thermosetting resin composed of resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2).

[硬化促進劑(C)] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)係用以調整保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)的硬化速度之成分。 作為較佳之硬化促進劑(C),例如可列舉:三乙二胺、芐基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲胺基乙醇、三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚等三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥甲基咪唑等咪唑類(一個以上之氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代之咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基磷等有機膦類(一個以上之氫原子被有機基所取代之膦);四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、三苯基膦四苯基硼酸鹽等四苯基硼酸鹽等。 [Hardening Accelerator (C)] The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may contain a curing accelerator (C). The curing accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the protective film forming composition (III-1). As a preferred hardening accelerator (C), for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol are listed; 2 -Methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dimethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxy Imidazoles such as methylimidazole (imidazoles in which more than one hydrogen atom is replaced by a group other than hydrogen atoms); organic phosphines such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine (more than one hydrogen atom is replaced by an organic substituted phosphine); tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenyl borate, triphenylphosphine tetraphenyl borate and other tetraphenyl borates.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之硬化促進劑(C)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些硬化促進劑(C)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The curing accelerator (C) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these The combination and ratio of the hardening accelerator (C) can be selected arbitrarily.

使用硬化促進劑(C)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於熱硬化性成分(B)之含量100質量份,硬化促進劑(C)之含量較佳為0.01質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更為顯著地獲得使用硬化促進劑(C)所達到之功效。另外,藉由硬化促進劑(C)之含量為前述上限值以下,例如抑制高極性之硬化促進劑(C)於高溫/高濕度條件下於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中移動至相對於受附著體之接著界面側而偏析之功效變高,使用保護膜形成用複合片所得之封裝體之可靠性進一步提高。When the curing accelerator (C) is used, in the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, the curing is accelerated with respect to the content of the thermosetting component (B) of 100 parts by mass. The content of the agent (C) is preferably from 0.01 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.1 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the said content of a hardening accelerator (C) is more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a hardening accelerator (C) can be acquired more notably. In addition, when the content of the curing accelerator (C) is not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, for example, the movement of the highly polar curing accelerator (C) in the thermosetting protective film forming film under high temperature/high humidity conditions is suppressed. The effect of segregation by the adhesive interface side of the adherend becomes higher, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.

[填充材(D)] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有填充材(D)。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成膜含有填充材(D),使熱硬化性保護膜形成膜進行硬化所獲得之保護膜,熱膨脹係數的調整變得容易,藉由使該熱膨脹係數針對保護膜之形成對象物進行最適化,使用保護膜形成用複合片所得之封裝體之可靠性進一步提高。另外,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成膜含有填充材(D),亦可減低保護膜之吸濕率或是提高散熱性。 [Filler (D)] The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may contain a filler (D). In the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film by containing the filler (D) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film, the adjustment of the coefficient of thermal expansion becomes easy, and by adjusting the thermal expansion coefficient to that of the protective film The object to be formed is optimized, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. In addition, the filler (D) contained in the film formed by the thermosetting protective film can also reduce the moisture absorption rate of the protective film or improve the heat dissipation.

填充材(D)可為有機填充材以及無機填充材中任一種,較佳為無機填充材。 作為較佳之無機填充材,例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等粉末;將這些無機填充材球形化而成之珠粒;這些無機填充材的表面改質品;這些無機填充材的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 這些之中,無機填充材較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。 The filler (D) can be any one of an organic filler and an inorganic filler, and is preferably an inorganic filler. Examples of preferable inorganic fillers include powders such as silicon dioxide, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads obtained by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers. ; surface modification of these inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers, etc. Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之填充材(D)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些填充材(D)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The filler (D) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these fillers The combination and ratio of materials (D) can be selected arbitrarily.

使用填充材(D)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量,填充材(D)之含量之比率(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之總質量,填充材(D)之含量之比率)較佳為大於5質量%至未達85質量%,較佳為大於20質量%至未達85質量%,更佳為大於30質量%至未達80質量%,又更佳為大於45質量%至未達80質量%,尤佳為大於46質量%至未達75質量%。藉由填充材(D)之含量為此種範圍,上述之熱膨脹係數的調整變得更容易。When the filler (D) is used, in the protective film forming composition (III-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the thermally cured In the protective film-forming film, the ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film-forming film) is preferably greater than 5% by mass and less than 85% by mass, preferably greater than 20% by mass % to less than 85% by mass, more preferably greater than 30% by mass to less than 80% by mass, more preferably greater than 45% by mass to less than 80% by mass, especially preferably greater than 46% by mass to less than 75% by mass . When the content of the filler (D) is in such a range, the adjustment of the above-mentioned coefficient of thermal expansion becomes easier.

[偶合劑(E)] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用具有可與無機化合物或有機化合物進行反應之官能基者作為偶合劑(E),來提高熱硬化性保護膜形成膜相對於受附著體之接著性以及密接性。另外,藉由使用偶合劑(E),將熱硬化性保護膜形成膜進行硬化所獲得之保護膜可不損及耐熱性地提高耐水性。 [Coupling agent (E)] The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may contain a coupling agent (E). By using as a coupling agent (E) what has a functional group which can react with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesiveness and adhesiveness of a thermosetting protective film forming film with respect to an adherend can be improved. In addition, by using the coupling agent (E), the water resistance of the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film can be improved without impairing the heat resistance.

偶合劑(E)較佳係具有可與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有之官能基進行反應之官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 作為較佳之前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group possessed by the polymer component (A) or the thermosetting component (B), more preferably a silane coupling agent. As a preferred aforementioned silane coupling agent, for example, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, Ethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane Silane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyldi Ethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane Silane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyl Trimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetyloxysilane, imidazole silane, etc.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之偶合劑(E)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些偶合劑(E)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The coupling agent (E) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these coupling agents The combination and ratio of the mixture (E) can be selected arbitrarily.

使用偶合劑(E)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於聚合物成分(A)以及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量100質量份,偶合劑(E)之含量較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更為顯著獲得如填充材(D)對樹脂的分散性提高、或是熱硬化性保護膜形成膜相對於受附著體之接著性的提高等藉由使用偶合劑(E)所達成之功效。另外,藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,進而抑制逸氣之產生。In the case of using the coupling agent (E), in the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, relative to the total of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B) With a content of 100 parts by mass, the content of the coupling agent (E) is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, especially preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the above-mentioned content of the coupling agent (E) is more than the above-mentioned lower limit value, the dispersibility of the filler (D) to the resin can be improved more remarkably, or the difference between the thermosetting protective film forming film and the adherend can be obtained more remarkably. Improvement of adhesiveness and other effects achieved by using coupling agent (E). Moreover, when the said content of a coupling agent (E) is below the said upper limit, generation|occurrence|production of outgassing is further suppressed.

[交聯劑(F)] 使用上述之丙烯酸樹脂等具有可與其它化合物鍵結之乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等官能基之樹脂作為聚合物成分(A)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有用以使前述官能基與其它化合物鍵結而交聯之交聯劑(F)。藉由使用交聯劑(F)而進行交聯,可容易地將熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之儲存彈性模數E’調整至合適的範圍。 [Crosslinking agent (F)] When using resins such as the above-mentioned acrylic resins having functional groups such as vinyl groups, (meth)acryl groups, amine groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, and isocyanate groups that can bond with other compounds as the polymer component (A), The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a crosslinking agent (F) for crosslinking the functional group with another compound. The storage elastic modulus E' of the thermosetting protective film-forming film can be easily adjusted to an appropriate range by crosslinking using a crosslinking agent (F).

作為交聯劑(F),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include: organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents agent (crosslinking agent with aziridine group), etc.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,可列舉如:甲苯二異氰酸酯(TDI)系、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)系、二甲苯二異氰酸酯(XDI)系、這些二異氰酸酯的加合物等異氰酸酯系交聯劑(亦即具有二個以上之異氰酸酯基之交聯劑)。Examples of the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds include isocyanate-based compounds such as toluene diisocyanate (TDI)-based, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI)-based, xylene diisocyanate (XDI)-based, and adducts of these diisocyanates. Linking agent (that is, a cross-linking agent having two or more isocyanate groups).

使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(F)之情形時,作為聚合物成分(A),較佳係使用含羥基之聚合物。當交聯劑(F)具有異氰酸酯基、聚合物成分(A)具有羥基之情形時,藉由交聯劑(F)與聚合物成分(A)之反應,可簡便地於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜導入交聯結構。When using an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as the crosslinking agent (F), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the polymer component (A). When the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, the reaction between the crosslinking agent (F) and the polymer component (A) can be easily applied to the thermosetting protective film. Form a film and introduce a cross-linked structure.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之交聯劑(F)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些交聯劑(F)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The crosslinking agent (F) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these The combination and ratio of the crosslinking agent (F) can be selected arbitrarily.

使用交聯劑(F)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,相對於聚合物成分(A)之含量100質量份,交聯劑(F)之含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.5質量份至5質量份。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更為顯著地獲得使用交聯劑(F)所達到之功效。另外,藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成膜相對於支撐片之密接力、或熱硬化性保護膜形成膜相對於工件或晶片之接著力的過度降低。In the case of using the crosslinking agent (F), the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, most preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. When the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a crosslinking agent (F) can be acquired more notably. Moreover, when the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is below the said upper limit, the adhesive force of a thermosetting protective film forming film with respect to a support sheet, or the thermosetting protective film forming film with respect to a workpiece|work or a wafer can be suppressed. The excessive reduction of the adhesion force.

[能量線硬化性化合物(G)] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)亦可含有能量線硬化性化合物(G)。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性化合物(G),可藉由能量線的照射而改變特性。 [Energy Beam Curing Compound (G)] The composition (III-1) for protective film formation may contain an energy ray curable compound (G). A film formed by a thermosetting protective film contains an energy ray-curable compound (G), and its properties can be changed by irradiation of energy ray.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之能量線硬化性化合物(G),可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中能量線硬化性化合物相同者。Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (G) of the protective film forming composition (III-1) include the same ones as the energy ray-curable compound in the adhesive composition (I-1).

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之能量線硬化性化合物(G)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些能量線硬化性化合物(G)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The energy ray-curable compound (G) contained in the protective film forming composition (III-1) may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these energy ray-curable compounds ( The combination and ratio of G) can be selected arbitrarily.

使用能量線硬化性化合物(G)之情形時,於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,相對於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)的總質量,能量線硬化性化合物(G)之含量之比率較佳為1質量%至50質量%,更佳為2質量%至40質量%,尤佳為3質量%至30質量%。In the case of using the energy ray-curable compound (G), in the protective film-forming composition (III-1), the energy ray-curable compound ( The ratio of the content of G) is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 3% by mass to 30% by mass.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)含有能量線硬化性化合物(G)之情形時,為了更有效率地進行能量線硬化性化合物(G)的聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。 [Photopolymerization initiator (H)] When the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film contains an energy ray-curable compound (G), a photopolymerization initiator may be included in order to more efficiently perform the polymerization reaction of the energy ray-curable compound (G) (H).

作為保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之光聚合起始劑(H),可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之光聚合起始劑相同者。As a photoinitiator (H) of the composition (III-1) for protective film formation, the same thing as the photoinitiator in the adhesive agent composition (I-1) is mentioned.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑(H)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些光聚合起始劑(H)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these photopolymerization initiators ( The combination and ratio of H) can be selected arbitrarily.

於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,相對於能量線硬化性化合物(G)之含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑(H)之含量較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為2質量份至5質量份。In the protective film forming composition (III-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable compound (G) , more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, especially preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.

[著色劑(I)] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜亦可含有著色劑(I)。 作為著色劑(I),例如可列舉:無機系顔料、有機系顔料、有機系染料等公知之著色劑。 [Color (I)] The protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film may contain a colorant (I). As a coloring agent (I), well-known coloring agents, such as an inorganic pigment, an organic pigment, and an organic dye, are mentioned, for example.

作為前述有機系顔料以及有機系染料,例如可列舉:胺鎓系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓系色素、角鯊烯鎓系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、芘酮系色素、苝系色素、二噁嗪系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹酞酮系色素、吡咯系色素、硫靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚苯酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、二噁嗪系色素、萘酚系色素、甲亞胺系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素以及士林系色素等。Examples of the aforementioned organic pigments and organic dyes include amine-based dyes, cyanine-based dyes, merocyanine-based dyes, crotonium-based dyes, squalenium-based dyes, azulenium-based dyes, Methyl dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, naphthalenamide dyes, azo dyes, condensed azo dyes, indigo dyes, pyrene Ketone pigments, perylene pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, pyrrole pigments, thioindigo pigments, metal complex pigments (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, indole phenol dyes, triallyl methane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, dioxazine dyes, naphthol dyes, and imine pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, pyranthrone pigments, and shihlin pigments, etc.

作為前述無機系顔料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide,氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO系(Antimony Tin Oxide,氧化銻錫)系色素等。Examples of the inorganic pigments include carbon black, cobalt-based pigments, iron-based pigments, chromium-based pigments, titanium-based pigments, vanadium-based pigments, zirconium-based pigments, molybdenum-based pigments, ruthenium-based pigments, platinum-based pigments, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide, indium tin oxide) pigments, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide, antimony tin oxide) pigments, etc.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之著色劑(I)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些著色劑(I)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。The coloring agent (I) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. The combination and ratio of the agents (I) can be selected arbitrarily.

使用著色劑(I)之情形時,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)之含量根據需要適當調節即可。例如,保護膜有時藉由雷射照射來施以印字,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)之含量,調節保護膜之透光性,可調節印字辨識性。另外,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之著色劑(I)之含量,亦可提高保護膜之設計性,或使晶圓之內面之磨削痕不易看見。考慮這個方面,則於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,相對於溶媒以外的所有成分的總含量,著色劑(I)之含量之比率(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜中,相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之總質量,著色劑(I)之含量之比率)較佳為0.1質量%至10質量%,更佳為0.1質量%至7.5質量%,尤佳為0.1質量%至5質量%。藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更為顯著地獲得使用著色劑(I)所達到之功效。另外,藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之透光性的過度降低受到抑制。When using a coloring agent (I), what is necessary is just to adjust content of the coloring agent (I) of a thermosetting protective film forming film suitably as needed. For example, the protective film is sometimes printed by laser irradiation, and by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film, the light transmittance of the protective film can be adjusted, and the visibility of the printed characters can be adjusted. In addition, by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film, the designability of the protective film can be improved, or the grinding marks on the inner surface of the wafer can be made less visible. Considering this point, in the protective film forming composition (III-1), the ratio of the content of the coloring agent (I) (that is, the thermosetting protective film forming film) to the total content of all components other than the solvent is Among them, relative to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film forming film, the ratio of the content of the colorant (I) is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 7.5% by mass, especially preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. When the said content of a coloring agent (I) is more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a coloring agent (I) can be acquired more notably. Moreover, when the said content of a coloring agent (I) is below the said upper limit, the excessive fall of the translucency of a thermosetting protective film formation film is suppressed.

[通用添加劑(J)] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜可於不損及本發明功效之範圍內含有通用添加劑(J)。 通用添加劑(J)可為公知之添加劑,可根據需要而任意選擇,並無特別限定,但作為較佳之添加劑,例如可列舉:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑等。 [General additive (J)] The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain general-purpose additives (J) within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. General-purpose additives (J) can be known additives, can be arbitrarily selected according to needs, and are not particularly limited, but examples of preferred additives include plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, getters, and the like.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜所含有之通用添加劑(I)亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些通用添加劑(I)之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)以及熱硬化性保護膜形成膜之通用添加劑(I)之含量並無特別限定,根據需要適當選擇即可。 The general-purpose additive (I) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, these general-purpose additives The combination and ratio of additives (I) can be selected arbitrarily. The content of the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the general-purpose additive (I) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected as necessary.

[溶媒] 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)較佳係進而含有溶媒。含有溶媒之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之操作性變得良好。 前述溶媒並無特別限定,但作為較佳之溶媒,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之溶媒亦可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上,為兩種以上之情形時,這些溶媒之組合及比率可任意地選擇。 [solvent] The protective film forming composition (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The handling property of the protective film forming composition (III-1) containing a solvent becomes favorable. The aforementioned solvents are not particularly limited, but as preferred solvents, for example: hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), 1- Alcohols such as butanol; Esters such as ethyl acetate and propyl acetate; Ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; Amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone (with amide bonded compounds), etc. The solvent contained in the protective film forming composition (III-1) may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of these solvents can be selected arbitrarily.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之溶媒,由可將保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中之含有成分更均勻地混合的方面來看,較佳為甲基乙基酮等。The solvent contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) is preferably a methyl ethyl group from the viewpoint that the components contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) can be more uniformly mixed. Ketones etc.

○熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之製造方法 保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)等保護膜形成用組成物係藉由將用以構成該組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 ○Method for producing thermosetting protective film-forming composition The composition for protective film formation, such as the composition for protective film formation (III-1), is obtained by preparing each component which comprises this composition.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之製造方法,除了調配成分的種類不同之方面以外,例如可以與前文所說明之黏著劑組成物之製造方法之情形相同方法進行製造。The production method of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film can be produced by the same method as the production method of the adhesive composition described above, for example, except for the difference in the types of ingredients to be formulated.

○治具用黏著劑層 治具用黏著劑層16係用於將保護膜形成用複合片101固定於環型框等固定用治具18。 治具用黏著劑層16係使用上述之本發明之一實施形態之治具固定用黏著片來形成,由第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、以及第二黏著劑層163依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成。 ○Adhesive layer for jigs The jig adhesive layer 16 is used to fix the protective film forming composite sheet 101 to a fixing jig 18 such as a ring frame. The adhesive layer 16 for the jig is formed by using the adhesive sheet for fixing the jig according to one embodiment of the present invention described above, and consists of the first adhesive layer 161, the core film 162, and the second adhesive layer 163 on the These are formed by laminating layers in the thickness direction.

治具用黏著劑層16較佳為環狀。The jig adhesive layer 16 is preferably ring-shaped.

○治具用黏著劑層之製造方法 由環狀的第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163所構成之治具用黏著劑層16,例如可使用如圖1所示之治具固定用黏著片,以如下之方式進行製作。 ○Manufacturing method of adhesive layer for jig The jig adhesive layer 16 composed of the ring-shaped first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163, for example, can use an adhesive sheet for fixing the jig as shown in FIG. It is produced in the following manner.

自圖1所示之治具固定用黏著片將成為輕面剝離膜之第二剝離膜152剝離而移除。然後,自第二黏著劑層163之側抵接圓形的衝壓刀,裁切第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163的內周緣,除去內側之圓形部分。然後,自第二黏著劑層163之側以呈同心圓狀的方式抵接圓形的衝壓刀,裁切第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163的外周緣,並除去外側部分。 藉此,可於第一剝離膜151上製作由環狀的第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163依序積層而構成之治具用黏著劑層16。 The 2nd peeling film 152 which becomes a light surface peeling film is peeled and removed from the adhesive sheet for jig fixing shown in FIG. Then, a circular punching knife is touched from the side of the second adhesive layer 163 to cut the inner peripheral edges of the first adhesive layer 161 , the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163 to remove the inner circular portion. Then, from the side of the second adhesive layer 163, contact the circular stamping knife in a concentric manner, and cut the outer peripheral edges of the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163, And remove the outer part. Thereby, the jig adhesive layer 16 formed by sequentially laminating the ring-shaped first adhesive layer 161 , the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163 can be produced on the first release film 151 .

本實施形態之具備治具用黏著劑之保護膜形成用複合片,可合適用於後述之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法。The composite sheet for forming a protective film provided with the adhesive agent for jigs of this embodiment can be suitably used for the manufacturing method of the wafer with a protective film mentioned later.

◇保護膜形成用複合片之製造方法 前述保護膜形成用複合片可藉由下述方式製造:將上述各層以成為對應之位置關係之方式積層,根據需要調節一部分或所有層之形狀。各層之形成方法如上文所說明。 ◇Manufacturing method of composite sheet for protective film formation The above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film can be produced by laminating the above-mentioned layers in a corresponding positional relationship, and adjusting the shapes of some or all of the layers as necessary. The formation method of each layer is as described above.

可在已積層於基材上之黏著劑層之上,進而塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,而直接形成保護膜形成膜。如此,在已積層於基材上之任一層(以下簡記為「第一層」)上形成新的層(以下簡記為「第二層」),而形成連續之兩層之積層結構(換言之為第一層以及第二層之積層結構)之情形時可適用如下方法:在前述第一層上塗敷用以形成前述第二層之組成物,並根據需要而進行乾燥。 其中,第二層較佳係使用用以形成該第二層之組成物,於剝離膜上預先形成,將該已形成之第二層中與前述剝離膜接觸之側為相反側之露出面貼合第一層之露出面,藉此形成連續之兩層之積層結構。此時,前述組成物較佳係塗敷於剝離膜之剝離處理面。剝離膜在形成積層結構後,根據需要而移除即可。 The protective film forming film can be directly formed by applying a protective film forming composition on the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate. In this way, a new layer (hereinafter referred to as "second layer") is formed on any layer that has been laminated on the substrate (hereinafter referred to as "first layer") to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure (in other words, In the case of the laminated structure of the first layer and the second layer), the following method can be applied: coating the composition for forming the second layer on the first layer, and drying if necessary. Among them, the second layer is preferably formed in advance on the release film using the composition used to form the second layer, and the exposed surface of the formed second layer that is in contact with the aforementioned release film is the opposite side. Combine the exposed surface of the first layer to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure. In this case, the aforementioned composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The peeling film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.

例如,可以如下程序來製作如圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101。 製作具備已積層於基材11上之黏著劑層12之支撐片10、以及在剝離膜上的保護膜形成膜13,並將支撐片10的黏著劑層12與保護膜形成膜13進行貼合,製作具備由基材11以及黏著劑層12所構成之支撐片10、保護膜形成膜13、以及剝離膜之第三積層體。 自前述第三積層體移除剝離膜。 依據前述的治具用黏著劑層之製造方法,在第一剝離膜151上製作由環狀的第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163依序積層而構成之治具用黏著劑層16,並將剝離膜已被移除之前述第三積層體的保護膜形成膜13與治具用黏著劑層16進行貼合。 For example, the composite sheet 101 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 can be produced by the following procedure. The support sheet 10 having the adhesive layer 12 laminated on the base material 11 and the protective film forming film 13 on the peeling film are produced, and the adhesive layer 12 of the supporting sheet 10 and the protective film forming film 13 are bonded together. , The third laminate including the support sheet 10 composed of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12, the protective film forming film 13, and the release film was produced. The release film was removed from the aforementioned third laminate. According to the above-mentioned manufacturing method of the adhesive layer for the jig, on the first peeling film 151, a device consisting of the ring-shaped first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163 is sequentially laminated. The adhesive layer 16 is used, and the protective film forming film 13 of the third laminate from which the peeling film has been removed is bonded to the adhesive layer 16 for a jig.

如下之程序亦可製作如圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101。 製作具備由基材11以及黏著劑層12所構成之支撐片10、保護膜形成膜13、以及剝離膜之第三積層體。 自圖1所示之治具固定用黏著片1剝離並移除第二剝離膜152。然後,自第二黏著劑層163之側抵接圓形的衝壓刀,留下第一剝離膜151,裁切第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163的內周緣,並除去內側之圓形部分,在第一剝離膜151上,製作由內側之圓形部分被除去之第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163依序積層之第四積層體。 將自第三積層體剝離了剝離膜而露出之保護膜形成膜13與第四積層體之內側之圓形部分被除去而露出之第二黏著劑層163進行貼合。之後,自基材11之側以與內側之圓形呈同心圓狀的方式將圓形的衝壓刀抵接於外側,留下第一剝離膜151,裁切由基材11以及黏著劑層12所構成之支撐片10、保護膜形成膜13、第二黏著劑層163、芯材膜162、以及第一黏著劑層161的外周緣,並除去外側之部分。 The composite sheet 101 for protective film formation as shown in FIG. 2 can also be manufactured by the following procedure. The 3rd laminated body provided with the support sheet 10 which consists of the base material 11 and the adhesive agent layer 12, the protective film formation film 13, and the peeling film was produced. The second peeling film 152 is peeled off and removed from the adhesive sheet 1 for jig fixing shown in FIG. 1 . Then, from the side of the second adhesive layer 163, the circular stamping knife is abutted, leaving the first peeling film 151, and the inner peripheral edges of the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163 are cut. , and remove the inner circular part, on the first release film 151, make the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163 which are sequentially laminated from the inner circular part. Four layered body. The protective film forming film 13 exposed by peeling off the peeling film from the third laminate is bonded to the second adhesive layer 163 exposed by removing the inner circular portion of the fourth laminate. Afterwards, from the side of the base material 11, a circular stamping knife is abutted against the outside in a manner concentric with the inside circle, leaving the first release film 151, and the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12 are cut. The support sheet 10, the protective film forming film 13, the second adhesive layer 163, the core material film 162, and the outer periphery of the first adhesive layer 161 are formed, and the outer parts are removed.

此處列舉了在黏著劑層上將保護膜形成膜以及環狀的治具用黏著劑層依序進行積層之情形之例,但例如在黏著劑層上將保護膜形成膜以及非環狀(例如矩形框形狀)之治具用黏著劑層進行積層之情形等,目標之積層結構可任意選擇。Here, an example of the case where a protective film-forming film and a ring-shaped jig adhesive layer are sequentially laminated on the adhesive layer is given, but for example, a protective film-forming film and a non-ring-shaped ( For example, when a jig with a rectangular frame shape) is laminated with an adhesive layer, etc., the target laminated structure can be selected arbitrarily.

如此,由於構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的任一層皆可藉由預先形成於剝離膜上並貼合於目標之層之表面之方法來進行積層,故只要根據需要來適當選擇採用這種步驟之層來製造保護膜形成用複合片即可。In this way, since any layer other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be laminated by a method of forming in advance on the release film and sticking to the surface of the target layer, it can be appropriately selected and used as needed. What is necessary is just to manufacture the composite sheet for protective film formation by layering in such a process.

前述保護膜形成用複合片亦可為單片狀,較佳為輥狀。The aforementioned composite sheet for forming a protective film may be in the form of a single sheet, preferably in the form of a roll.

[具保護膜之晶片的製造方法] 上述之本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片,係可用於具備晶片、以及設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法。 [Manufacturing method of wafer with protective film] The above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film according to one embodiment of the present invention can be used in a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film including a wafer and a protective film provided on the inner surface of the wafer.

本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,係具有下述步驟:於固定用治具貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片中之治具用黏著劑層,並於工件之內面貼附上述之本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中之保護膜形成膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜形成膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層複合片之步驟;在前述第一積層複合片之周緣部貼附於前述固定用治具之狀態下,將前述第一積層複合片進行加熱使得前述保護膜形成膜硬化而形成前述保護膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第二積層複合片之步驟;藉由於前述支撐片上將前述工件加以分割,而將前述保護膜形成膜或是前述保護膜形成膜經硬化所得之保護膜進行切斷,以製作多個具保護膜形成膜之晶片或是具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上之第三積層複合片之步驟;以及,將前述第三積層複合片中的前述具保護膜形成膜之晶片或是前述具保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離,藉此進行拾取之步驟。The method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in this embodiment includes the following steps: affixing the adhesive layer for the jig in the composite sheet for forming the protective film to the jig for fixing, and affixing it to the inner surface of the workpiece The protective film forming film in the protective film forming composite sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention is formed by laminating the protective film forming film on the support sheet and the workpiece sequentially in the thickness direction of these. The step of the first laminated composite sheet: in the state where the peripheral edge of the first laminated composite sheet is attached to the fixture for fixing, the first laminated composite sheet is heated to harden the protective film forming film to form the protective film. Film, thereby making the second laminated composite sheet formed by laminating the aforementioned protective film and the aforementioned workpieces sequentially in the thickness direction on the aforementioned supporting sheet; by dividing the aforementioned workpiece on the aforementioned supporting sheet, the aforementioned protective film The film-forming film or the protective film obtained by hardening the aforementioned protective film-forming film is cut to produce a third laminated composite sheet in which a plurality of wafers with protective film-forming films or wafers with protective films are fixed on the aforementioned support sheet and a step of picking up the aforementioned wafer with a protective film forming film or the aforementioned wafer with a protective film in the aforementioned third laminated composite sheet from the aforementioned support sheet.

本說明書之中,所謂「工件」,意指晶圓或半導體裝置面板。 作為「晶圓」,可列舉:由矽、鍺、硒等元素半導體、或GaAs、GaP、InP、CdTe、ZnSe、SiC等化合物半導體所構成之半導體晶圓;由藍寶石、玻璃等絕緣體所構成之絕緣體晶圓。 所謂「半導體裝置面板」,係指使得至少一個電子零件經密封樹脂層密封之多個半導體裝置以平面方式排列配置而成的集合體。 於這些工件之一側之面上形成有電路,本說明書中,將如此形成有電路之側之工件之面稱為「電路面」。進而,將工件中與電路面為相反側之面稱為「內面」。 工件係藉由切割等手段加以分割而成為晶片。於本說明書,與工件之情形同樣地,將形成有電路之側之晶片之面稱為「電路面」,將晶片中與電路面為相反側之面稱為「內面」。 較佳係於工件的電路面及晶片的電路面,均設有凸塊、支柱等突狀電極。突狀電極較佳係由焊料所構成。 In this specification, the term "work" means a wafer or a semiconductor device panel. Examples of "wafers" include: semiconductor wafers made of elemental semiconductors such as silicon, germanium, and selenium, or compound semiconductors such as GaAs, GaP, InP, CdTe, ZnSe, and SiC; semiconductor wafers made of insulators such as sapphire and glass. insulator wafer. The so-called "semiconductor device panel" refers to an aggregate in which a plurality of semiconductor devices are arranged in a planar manner and at least one electronic component is sealed with a sealing resin layer. A circuit is formed on one side of the workpiece, and in this specification, the surface of the workpiece on which the circuit is formed is referred to as a "circuit surface". Furthermore, the surface on the opposite side to the circuit surface in the workpiece is referred to as an "inner surface". The workpiece is divided into wafers by means of dicing or the like. In this specification, similarly to the case of the workpiece, the surface of the wafer on which the circuit is formed is referred to as the "circuit surface", and the surface of the wafer opposite to the circuit surface is referred to as the "inner surface". Preferably, protruding electrodes such as bumps and pillars are provided on the circuit surface of the workpiece and the circuit surface of the chip. The protruding electrodes are preferably made of solder.

[第一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法] 圖5A至圖5H係用以示意性地說明第一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之剖面圖。在此,列舉當保護膜形成膜13為熱硬化性時,使用了如圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101之情形為例,來說明關於具保護膜之晶片的製造方法。 [Manufacturing Method of Wafer with Protective Film in First Embodiment] 5A to 5H are cross-sectional views schematically illustrating a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to the first embodiment. Here, when the protective film forming film 13 is thermosetting, the case where the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2 is used as an example is described to describe a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film.

第一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,係具備晶片90、以及設置於晶片90之內面90b之保護膜130’之具保護膜之晶片901之製造方法;並且,前述具保護膜之晶片的製造方法係具有下述步驟:於固定用治具18貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之治具用黏著劑層16,並於工件9之內面9b貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之保護膜形成膜13,藉此製作於支撐片10上有保護膜形成膜13以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第一積層複合片501之步驟;在第一積層複合片501之周緣部貼附於固定用治具18之狀態下,將第一積層複合片501進行加熱,使保護膜形成膜13硬化而形成保護膜13’,藉此製作於支撐片10上有保護膜13’以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第二積層複合片502之步驟;藉由於支撐片10上將第二積層複合片502中之工件9加以分割,將保護膜13’進行切斷,以製作多個具保護膜之晶片901被固定在支撐片10上之第三積層複合片503之步驟;以及,將第三積層複合片503中之具保護膜之晶片901自支撐片10扯離,藉此進行拾取之步驟。The method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in the first embodiment is a method of manufacturing a wafer 901 with a protective film provided with a wafer 90 and a protective film 130 ′ provided on the inner surface 90 b of the wafer 90; and, the aforementioned protective film The manufacturing method of the wafer has the following steps: the adhesive layer 16 for the jig in the composite sheet 101 for forming the protective film is attached to the jig 18 for fixing, and the adhesive layer 16 for the jig in the composite sheet 101 for forming the protective film is attached to the inner surface 9b of the workpiece 9. The protective film forming film 13 in the composite sheet 101, thereby making the first laminated composite sheet 501 formed by laminating the protective film forming film 13 and the workpiece 9 sequentially in the thickness direction of the support sheet 10; In the state where the peripheral edge of a laminated composite sheet 501 is attached to the jig 18 for fixing, the first laminated composite sheet 501 is heated to harden the protective film forming film 13 to form a protective film 13', which is fabricated on the support sheet 10, the second laminated composite sheet 502 formed by laminating the protective film 13' and the workpiece 9 sequentially in the thickness direction; by dividing the workpiece 9 in the second laminated composite sheet 502 on the support sheet 10, Cutting the protective film 13' to make a third laminated composite sheet 503 in which a plurality of wafers 901 with protective films are fixed on the support sheet 10; The wafer 901 is torn off from the supporting sheet 10, thereby performing the step of picking.

在本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之製作前述第一積層複合片之步驟中,如圖5A以及圖5B所示,於固定用治具18貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之治具用黏著劑層16,並於工件9之內面9b貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之保護膜形成膜13,藉此製作於支撐片10上有保護膜形成膜13以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第一積層複合片501。於圖5B中,於工件9之內面9b貼附有保護膜形成用複合片101中之保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a。第一積層複合片501之周緣部藉由治具用黏著劑層16被貼附於固定用治具18。使用於電路面設置有背面研磨帶之工件作為工件9之情形時,自工件9的電路面移除背面研磨帶。In the step of producing the aforementioned first laminated composite sheet in the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. adhesive layer 16 for the jig, and attach the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 on the inner surface 9b of the workpiece 9, thereby making the protective film forming film 13 and the workpiece on the support sheet 10 9. The first laminated composite sheet 501 formed by laminating these sequentially in the thickness direction. In FIG. 5B , the first surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9 b of the workpiece 9 . The peripheral portion of the first laminated composite sheet 501 is attached to the fixing jig 18 via the jig adhesive layer 16 . When using a workpiece provided with a back grinding tape on the circuit surface as the workpiece 9 , the back grinding tape is removed from the circuit surface of the workpiece 9 .

保護膜形成用複合片101中之保護膜形成膜13對工件9之貼附可以公知的方法進行。例如,保護膜形成膜13亦可一邊加熱一邊貼附至工件9。The attachment of the protective film forming film 13 to the workpiece 9 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 can be performed by a known method. For example, the protective film forming film 13 may be attached to the workpiece 9 while being heated.

然後,在製作前述第二積層複合片之步驟中,將第一積層複合片501之周緣部貼附於固定用治具18之狀態下,對第一積層複合片501進行加熱(圖5C)。藉此,使保護膜形成膜13硬化而形成保護膜13’,如圖5D所示,製作由支撐片10、保護膜13’以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第二積層複合片502。Then, in the step of producing the second laminated composite sheet, the first laminated composite sheet 501 is heated while the peripheral portion of the first laminated composite sheet 501 is attached to the fixing jig 18 ( FIG. 5C ). In this way, the protective film forming film 13 is hardened to form a protective film 13', and as shown in FIG. 5D, a second laminate consisting of the support sheet 10, the protective film 13', and the workpiece 9 is sequentially laminated in the thickness direction is produced. Composite sheet 502.

符號13a’表示保護膜13’之中作為保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第一面」)。符號13b’表示保護膜13’之中作為保護膜形成膜13的第二面13b之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第二面」)。Reference numeral 13a' denotes a surface (sometimes referred to as "first surface" in this specification) that is the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film 13'. Reference numeral 13b' denotes a surface (sometimes referred to as "second surface" in this specification) that is the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film 13'.

可對於圖5B所示之保護膜形成膜13穿過支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)進行雷射照射而進行雷射標記,或亦可對於圖5D所示之保護膜13’穿過支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)進行雷射照射而進行雷射標記。Laser marking can be carried out by irradiating the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 5B through the support sheet 10 (penetrating the support sheet 10), or by passing the support sheet 13' shown in FIG. 5D. The sheet 10 (through the support sheet 10 ) is irradiated with laser light for laser marking.

然後,在製作前述第三積層複合片之步驟中,將第二積層複合片502進行冷卻,之後,如圖5E所示,在支撐片10上將第二積層複合片502中之工件9加以分割,而切斷保護膜13’。工件9係藉由分割而單片化,成為多個晶片90。Then, in the step of making the third laminated composite sheet, the second laminated composite sheet 502 is cooled, and then, as shown in FIG. 5E , the workpiece 9 in the second laminated composite sheet 502 is divided on the supporting sheet 10. , and cut off the protective film 13'. The workpiece 9 is divided into individual pieces to form a plurality of wafers 90 .

工件9之分割與保護膜13’之切斷可以公知的方法進行即可。例如,可藉由刀片切割、利用雷射照射之雷射切割、或藉由噴附包含研磨劑之水而進行之水切割等各切割,來連續地進行工件9之分割以及保護膜13’之切斷。 保護膜13’係不受切斷方法影響而沿著晶片90的外周被切斷。 The division of the workpiece 9 and the cutting of the protective film 13' can be performed by known methods. For example, the division of the workpiece 9 and the separation of the protective film 13' can be continuously performed by blade cutting, laser cutting by laser irradiation, or water cutting by spraying water containing abrasives. cut off. The protective film 13' is cut along the outer periphery of the wafer 90 regardless of the cutting method.

如此,藉由將工件9加以分割並切斷保護膜13’,而獲得具備晶片90、以及設置於晶片90之內面之切斷後之保護膜(本說明書中有時簡稱為「保護膜」)130’之多個具保護膜之晶片901。符號130b’表示切斷後之保護膜130’之中作為保護膜13’的第二面13b’之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第二面」)。In this way, by dividing the workpiece 9 and cutting the protective film 13', the wafer 90 and the cut protective film provided on the inner surface of the wafer 90 (sometimes simply referred to as "protective film" in this specification) are obtained. 130' a plurality of wafers 901 with protective films. Reference numeral 130b' denotes a surface that is the second surface 13b' of the protective film 13' (sometimes referred to as "second surface" in this specification) among the protective film 130' after cutting.

在製作前述第三積層複合片之步驟中,藉由以上步驟,製作這些多個具保護膜之晶片901被固定於支撐片10上之第三積層複合片503。In the step of manufacturing the aforementioned third laminated composite sheet, the third laminated composite sheet 503 in which the plurality of wafers 901 with protective films are fixed on the supporting sheet 10 is manufactured through the above steps.

然後,在前述拾取之步驟中,如圖5F所示,將第三積層複合片503中之具保護膜之晶片901自支撐片10扯離而藉此拾取。Then, in the aforementioned picking step, as shown in FIG. 5F , the wafer 901 with the protective film in the third laminated composite sheet 503 is torn off from the supporting sheet 10 to be picked up.

在前述拾取之步驟中,於具保護膜之晶片901中之保護膜130’的第二面130b’與支撐片10中之黏著劑層12的第一面12a之間產生剝離。In the aforementioned picking-up step, peeling occurs between the second surface 130b' of the protective film 130' in the wafer with protective film 901 and the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 10.

在此,表現使用真空筒夾等扯離機構7將具保護膜之晶片901沿箭頭P方向扯離之情形。此外,在此省略扯離機構7之剖面表示。 具保護膜之晶片901可藉由公知的方法拾取。 Here, a situation where the wafer 901 with a protective film is pulled off in the direction of arrow P by using a pull-off mechanism 7 such as a vacuum collet is shown. In addition, the sectional representation of the tear-off mechanism 7 is omitted here. The wafer 901 with a protective film can be picked up by a known method.

前述拾取之步驟中,係對目標之所有具保護膜之晶片901進行這種具保護膜之晶片901的拾取。In the aforementioned picking step, the wafers 901 with a protective film are picked up for all the wafers 901 with a protective film of the target.

本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中,可藉由進行至前述拾取之步驟為止,獲得目標之具保護膜之晶片901。In the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in this embodiment, the target wafer 901 with a protective film can be obtained by proceeding to the above-mentioned picking-up step.

前述拾取之步驟之後,經自第三積層複合片503扯離了具保護膜之晶片901而殘留之第四積層複合片504係如圖5G所示,藉由治具用黏著劑層16而被貼附於固定用治具18。如圖5H所示,可藉由將第四積層複合片504自固定用治具18剝離,固定用治具18回到圖5A再度使用。After the aforementioned picking-up step, the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 remaining after the third laminated composite sheet 503 is pulled off the wafer 901 with a protective film is fixed by the adhesive layer 16 for the jig as shown in FIG. 5G Attached to the jig 18 for fixing. As shown in FIG. 5H , by peeling the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 from the fixing jig 18 , the fixing jig 18 returns to FIG. 5A for reuse.

第一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中,藉由將第一積層複合片501進行加熱,使保護膜形成膜13硬化而形成保護膜13’,藉此製作第二積層複合片502,然後,將第二積層複合片502中之工件9加以分割,而將保護膜13’切斷,以製作多個具保護膜之晶片901。當保護膜形成膜13為熱硬化性時之本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法並不限定於此,亦可不將第一積層複合片501進行加熱,而是如圖6A所示,在支撐片10上將第一積層複合片501中之工件9加以分割,將保護膜形成膜13進行切斷,藉此製作第三積層複合片503,如圖6B所示,拾取所獲得之具保護膜形成膜之晶片902並使保護膜形成膜進行熱硬化,而作成具保護膜之晶片901。In the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to the first embodiment, the second laminated composite sheet 502 is produced by heating the first laminated composite sheet 501 to harden the protective film forming film 13 to form the protective film 13'. , and then, the workpiece 9 in the second laminated composite sheet 502 is divided, and the protective film 13' is cut to produce a plurality of wafers 901 with protective films. When the protective film forming film 13 is thermosetting, the method of manufacturing the wafer with protective film of the present embodiment is not limited thereto, and the first laminated composite sheet 501 may not be heated, but as shown in FIG. 6A, The workpiece 9 in the first laminated composite sheet 501 is divided on the support sheet 10, and the protective film forming film 13 is cut to make the third laminated composite sheet 503. As shown in FIG. 6B, the obtained tool is picked up. A wafer 902 with a protective film is formed, and the protective film is thermally cured to obtain a wafer 901 with a protective film.

本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中,因治具用黏著劑層16係使用上述之實施形態之治具固定用黏著片所形成,故在將第四積層複合片504自固定用治具18剝離時,治具用黏著劑層16可不斷裂地自固定用治具18輕易剝離。In the method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in this embodiment, since the adhesive layer 16 for the jig is formed using the adhesive sheet for fixing the jig of the above-mentioned embodiment, the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 is used for self-fixation. When the jig 18 is peeled off, the jig adhesive layer 16 can be easily peeled off from the fixing jig 18 without breaking.

[第二實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法] 使用圖5A至圖5B、圖6A至圖6B、圖5G至圖5H,對於圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101的保護膜形成膜13為非硬化性時之第二實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法進行說明。 [Method of Manufacturing Wafer with Protective Film of Second Embodiment] Using FIGS. 5A to 5B, FIGS. 6A to 6B, and FIGS. 5G to 5H, the protection film forming film 13 of the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2 is non-hardening. A method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film will be described.

第二實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,係具備晶片90、以及設置於晶片90之內面90b之保護膜130’之具保護膜之晶片901之製造方法;並且,前述具保護膜之晶片的製造方法係具有下述步驟:於固定用治具18貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之治具用黏著劑層16,並於工件9之內面9b貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之保護膜形成膜13,藉此製作於支撐片10上有保護膜形成膜13以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第一積層複合片501之步驟;藉由在支撐片10上將工件9加以分割,將保護膜形成膜13進行切斷,以製作多個具保護膜形成膜之晶片902被固定於支撐片10上之第三積層複合片503之步驟;以及,將第三積層複合片503中之具保護膜形成膜之晶片902自支撐片10扯離,藉此進行拾取之步驟。The method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in the second embodiment is a method of manufacturing a wafer 901 with a protective film provided with a wafer 90 and a protective film 130 ′ provided on the inner surface 90 b of the wafer 90; and, the aforementioned protective film The manufacturing method of the wafer has the following steps: the adhesive layer 16 for the jig in the composite sheet 101 for forming the protective film is attached to the jig 18 for fixing, and the adhesive layer 16 for the jig in the composite sheet 101 for forming the protective film is attached to the inner surface 9b of the workpiece 9. The protective film forming film 13 in the composite sheet 101, whereby the first laminated composite sheet 501 formed by laminating the protective film forming film 13 and the workpiece 9 sequentially in the thickness direction of the support sheet 10; by The step of dividing the workpiece 9 on the support sheet 10 and cutting the protective film forming film 13 to make a third laminated composite sheet 503 in which a plurality of wafers 902 with protective film forming films are fixed on the support sheet 10; And, the wafer 902 with the protective film forming film in the third laminated composite sheet 503 is pulled off from the support sheet 10, thereby performing the step of picking up.

本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中製作前述第一積層複合片之步驟中,與第一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法同樣地,如圖5A以及圖5B所示,於固定用治具18貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之治具用黏著劑層16,並於工件9之內面9b貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中之保護膜形成膜13,藉此製作於支撐片10上有保護膜形成膜13以及工件9依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第一積層複合片501。In the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in the present embodiment, in the step of producing the aforementioned first laminated composite sheet, as in the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in the first embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B , Attach the adhesive layer 16 for the jig in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 to the fixing jig 18, and attach the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 to the inner surface 9b of the workpiece 9, In this way, the first laminated composite sheet 501 in which the protective film forming film 13 and the workpiece 9 are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction on the support sheet 10 is produced.

可對於圖5B所示之保護膜形成膜13穿過支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)進行雷射照射而進行雷射標記。Laser marking can be performed by irradiating the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 5B through the support sheet 10 (penetrating the support sheet 10).

然後,在製作前述第三積層複合片之步驟中,如圖6A所示,於支撐片10上將第一積層複合片501中之工件9加以分割,將保護膜形成膜13進行切斷。工件9係藉由分割而單片化,成為多個晶片90。Then, in the step of producing the third laminated composite sheet, as shown in FIG. 6A , the workpiece 9 in the first laminated composite sheet 501 is divided on the support sheet 10, and the protective film forming film 13 is cut. The workpiece 9 is divided into individual pieces to form a plurality of wafers 90 .

工件9之分割與保護膜形成膜13之切斷可以公知的方法進行即可。例如,可藉由刀片切割、利用雷射照射之雷射切割、或藉由噴附包含研磨劑之水而進行之水切割等各切割,來連續地進行工件9之分割以及保護膜形成膜13之切斷。 保護膜形成膜13係不受切斷方法影響而沿著晶片90的外周切斷。 The division of the workpiece 9 and the cutting of the protective film forming film 13 may be performed by known methods. For example, the division of the workpiece 9 and the formation of the protective film 13 can be performed continuously by blade cutting, laser cutting by laser irradiation, or water cutting by spraying water containing abrasives. cut off. The protective film forming film 13 is cut along the outer periphery of the wafer 90 regardless of the cutting method.

如此,藉由將工件9加以分割,將保護膜形成膜13進行切斷,可獲得具備晶片90、以及設置於晶片90之內面90b之切斷後之保護膜形成膜130之多個具保護膜形成膜之晶片902。符號130b係表示切斷後之保護膜形成膜130之中作為保護膜形成膜13的第二面13b之面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第二面」)。In this way, by dividing the workpiece 9 and cutting the protective film forming film 13, a plurality of protective film forming films 130 having the wafer 90 and the cut protective film forming film 130 provided on the inner surface 90b of the wafer 90 can be obtained. Wafer 902 for film formation. Reference numeral 130b denotes a surface that is the second surface 13b of the protective film-forming film 13 among the protective-film-forming films 130 after cutting (may be referred to as "second surface" in this specification).

在製作前述第三積層複合片之步驟中,藉由以上步驟,製作這些多個具保護膜形成膜之晶片902被固定於支撐片10上之第三積層複合片503。In the step of manufacturing the aforementioned third laminated composite sheet, the third laminated composite sheet 503 in which the plurality of wafers 902 with protective film forming films are fixed on the support sheet 10 is manufactured through the above steps.

然後,在前述拾取之步驟中,如圖6B所示,將第三積層複合片503中之具保護膜形成膜之晶片902自支撐片10扯離,藉此進行拾取。當保護膜形成膜為非硬化性,藉由拾取具保護膜形成膜之晶片902,保護膜形成膜130成為保護膜130’。Then, in the aforementioned picking-up step, as shown in FIG. 6B , the wafer 902 with the protective film forming film in the third laminated composite sheet 503 is torn off from the support sheet 10 to thereby perform picking-up. When the protective film forming film is non-hardening, by picking up the wafer 902 with the protective film forming film, the protective film forming film 130 becomes the protective film 130'.

在前述拾取之步驟中,於具保護膜形成膜之晶片902中之保護膜形成膜130的第二面130b’與支撐片10中之黏著劑層12的第一面12a之間產生剝離。In the aforementioned pick-up step, peeling occurs between the second surface 130b' of the protective film forming film 130 in the wafer with protective film forming film 902 and the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 10.

在此,表現使用真空筒夾等扯離機構7將具保護膜形成膜之晶片902沿箭頭P方向扯離之情形。此外,在此省略扯離機構7的剖面表示。Here, a situation in which the wafer 902 with a protective film forming film is pulled off in the direction of arrow P by using a pull-off mechanism 7 such as a vacuum collet is shown. In addition, the sectional representation of the tear-off mechanism 7 is omitted here.

在前述拾取之步驟中,係對目標之所有具保護膜形成膜之晶片902進行這種具保護膜形成膜之晶片902的拾取。In the aforementioned picking-up step, the pickup of such wafers 902 with a protective film forming film is carried out for all the wafers 902 with a protective film forming film of the target.

本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中,可藉由進行至前述拾取之步驟為止,獲得目標之具保護膜之晶片901。In the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in this embodiment, the target wafer 901 with a protective film can be obtained by proceeding to the above-mentioned picking-up step.

前述拾取之步驟之後,自第三積層複合片503扯離具保護膜形成膜之晶片902而殘留之第四積層複合片504係如圖5G所示,藉由治具用黏著劑層16而被貼附於固定用治具18。如圖5H所示,可藉由將第四積層複合片504自固定用治具18剝離,固定用治具18回到圖5A再度使用。After the aforementioned picking-up step, the remaining fourth laminated composite sheet 504 is removed from the third laminated composite sheet 503 by peeling off the wafer 902 with a protective film forming film, as shown in FIG. Attached to the jig 18 for fixing. As shown in FIG. 5H , by peeling the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 from the fixing jig 18 , the fixing jig 18 returns to FIG. 5A for reuse.

本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中,因治具用黏著劑層16係使用上述之實施形態之治具固定用黏著片所形成,故在將第四積層複合片504自固定用治具18剝離時,治具用黏著劑層16可不斷裂地自固定用治具18輕易剝離。In the method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in this embodiment, since the adhesive layer 16 for the jig is formed using the adhesive sheet for fixing the jig of the above-mentioned embodiment, the fourth laminated composite sheet 504 is used for self-fixation. When the jig 18 is peeled off, the jig adhesive layer 16 can be easily peeled off from the fixing jig 18 without breaking.

至此為止之本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法的說明,係對於使用了如圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101之情形時之本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法進行說明,但本實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法中,亦可使用如圖3至圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片102或保護膜形成用複合片104等保護膜形成用複合片101以外的本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片。The description of the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film of this embodiment so far is for the manufacture of a wafer with a protective film of this embodiment when the composite sheet 101 for forming a protective film as shown in FIG. 2 is used. The method will be described, but in the method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film in this embodiment, a protective film forming composite sheet 102 or a protective film forming composite sheet 104 as shown in FIGS. 3 to 4 can also be used. The composite sheet for protective film formation of this embodiment other than the composite sheet 101 is used.

◇基板裝置之製造方法(具保護膜之晶片之使用方法) 藉由上述之製造方法而獲得具保護膜之晶片之後,除了替代先前的具保護膜之晶片而改為使用此具保護膜之晶片的方面以外,可以與先前的基板裝置之製造方法相同方法來製造基板裝置。 ◇Manufacturing method of substrate device (method of using chip with protective film) After obtaining a wafer with a protective film by the above-mentioned manufacturing method, except that the wafer with a protective film is used instead of the previous wafer with a protective film, it can be produced in the same way as the previous method of manufacturing the substrate device. Fabricate substrate devices.

例如,可列舉具有如下步驟之製造方法:使用前述保護膜形成膜所獲得之具保護膜之晶片自支撐片被拾取,藉由使具保護膜之晶片上的突狀電極接觸於電路基板上的連接墊,而將前述突狀電極與前述電路基板上的連接墊進行電性連接之覆晶連接步驟。For example, there may be mentioned a manufacturing method having the following steps: a wafer with a protective film obtained by using the aforementioned protective film forming film is picked up from a support sheet, and the protruding electrodes on the wafer with a protective film are brought into contact with the electrodes on the circuit board. connection pads, and a flip-chip connection step of electrically connecting the protruding electrodes with the connection pads on the circuit substrate.

以下,藉由具體實施例對本發明加以更詳細說明。然而,本發明不受以下所示之實施例之任何限定。此外,以下所示之甲基乙基酮以外的成分之含量皆為不含溶媒之目標物之含量。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by specific examples. However, this invention is not limited at all by the Example shown below. In addition, the content of the components other than methyl ethyl ketone shown below is the content of the object which does not contain a solvent.

(治具用黏著劑組成物1) 將作為黏著性樹脂(i)之由丙烯酸丁酯(BA,88質量份)、丙烯酸乙酯(EA,10質量份)以及丙烯酸-4-羥丁酯(4HBA,2質量份)所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量1300000,玻璃轉移溫度Tg:-51℃)(15質量份)、作為交聯劑(ii)之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯(XDI)系交聯劑(綜研化學股份有限公司製,商品名「TD-75」)(0.01質量份)、作為顔料之含碳黑之樹脂(「MULTILAC(註冊商標)A-903 BLACK」,Toyocolor股份有限公司製,2.82質量份(其中顔料為0.704質量份))、以及作為溶媒之甲基乙基酮加以攪拌,以製備固體含量濃度20質量%的治具用黏著劑組成物1。 (Adhesive composition 1 for jigs) Adhesive resin (i) made by copolymerizing butyl acrylate (BA, 88 parts by mass), ethyl acrylate (EA, 10 parts by mass) and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA, 2 parts by mass) Acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 1,300,000, glass transition temperature Tg: -51°C) (15 parts by mass), xylylene diisocyanate (XDI)-based cross-linking agent (Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.) as the cross-linking agent (ii) Co., Ltd., product name "TD-75") (0.01 parts by mass), resin containing carbon black as a pigment ("MULTILAC (registered trademark) A-903 BLACK", manufactured by Toyocolor Co., Ltd., 2.82 parts by mass (of which 0.704 parts by mass of pigment)) and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were stirred to prepare adhesive composition 1 for jigs with a solid content concentration of 20 mass%.

(治具用黏著劑組成物2) 將作為黏著性樹脂(i)之由丙烯酸丁酯(BA,89質量份)、丙烯酸-4-羥丁酯(4HBA,1質量份)以及丙烯醯基嗎啉酯(ACMO,10質量份)所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量800000,玻璃轉移溫度Tg:-43℃)(34.3質量份))、作為交聯劑(ii)之甲苯二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(東曹(Tosoh)股份有限公司製,商品名「Coronate L」,0.05質量份)、作為顏料之含碳黑之樹脂(「MULTILAC(註冊商標)A-903 BLACK」,Toyocolor股份有限公司製,2.82質量份(其中顏料為0.704質量份))、以及作為溶媒之甲基乙基酮加以攪拌,以製備固體含量濃度20質量%的治具用黏著劑組成物2。 (Adhesive composition 2 for jigs) Adhesive resin (i) made of butyl acrylate (BA, 89 parts by mass), 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA, 1 part by mass) and acryloylmorpholine ester (ACMO, 10 parts by mass) Copolymerized acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 800,000, glass transition temperature Tg: -43°C) (34.3 parts by mass)), toluene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent (Tosoh) as the crosslinking agent (ii) Co., Ltd., trade name "Coronate L", 0.05 parts by mass), resin containing carbon black as a pigment ("MULTILAC (registered trademark) A-903 BLACK", manufactured by Toyocolor Co., Ltd., 2.82 parts by mass (of which the pigment 0.704 parts by mass)) and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were stirred to prepare adhesive composition 2 for jigs with a solid content concentration of 20 mass%.

(治具用黏著劑組成物3) 將作為黏著性樹脂(i)之由丙烯酸丁酯(BA,95質量份)以及丙烯酸-4-羥丁酯(4HBA,5質量份)所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量900000,玻璃轉移溫度Tg:-53℃)(33.4質量份))、作為交聯劑(ii)之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯(XDI)系交聯劑(綜研化學股份有限公司製,商品名「TD-75」)(0.13質量份)、作為顏料之含碳黑之樹脂(「MULTILAC(註冊商標)A-903 BLACK」,Toyocolor股份有限公司製,2.82質量份(其中顏料為0.704質量份))、以及作為溶媒之甲基乙基酮加以攪拌,以製備固體含量濃度20質量%的治具用黏著劑組成物3。 (Adhesive composition 3 for jigs) Acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 900000, glass Transition temperature Tg: -53°C) (33.4 parts by mass)), xylylenediisocyanate (XDI)-based crosslinking agent (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "TD-75") as the crosslinking agent (ii) ") (0.13 parts by mass), a resin containing carbon black as a pigment ("MULTILAC (registered trademark) A-903 BLACK", manufactured by Toyocolor Co., Ltd., 2.82 parts by mass (0.704 parts by mass of the pigment)), and The solvent methyl ethyl ketone was stirred to prepare the adhesive composition 3 for jigs with a solid content concentration of 20% by mass.

(治具用黏著劑組成物4) 將作為黏著性樹脂(i)之由丙烯酸丁酯(BA,89質量份)、丙烯酸-4-羥丁酯(4HBA,1質量份)以及二甲基丙烯醯胺(10質量份)所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量900000,玻璃轉移溫度Tg:-44℃)(37.4質量份))、作為交聯劑(ii)之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯(XDI)系交聯劑(綜研化學股份有限公司製,商品名「TD-75」)(0.13質量份)、作為顏料之含碳黑之樹脂(「MULTILAC(註冊商標)A-903 BLACK」,Toyocolor股份有限公司製,2.82質量份(其中顏料為0.704質量份)))、以及作為溶媒之甲基乙基酮加以攪拌,以製備固體含量濃度20質量%的治具用黏著劑組成物4。 (Adhesive composition 4 for jigs) Adhesive resin (i) was prepared by copolymerizing butyl acrylate (BA, 89 parts by mass), 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA, 1 part by mass) and dimethylacrylamide (10 parts by mass). Acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 900,000, glass transition temperature Tg: -44°C) (37.4 parts by mass)), xylylene diisocyanate (XDI) as crosslinking agent (ii) Chemical Co., Ltd., product name "TD-75") (0.13 parts by mass), resin containing carbon black as a pigment ("MULTILAC (registered trademark) A-903 BLACK", manufactured by Toyocolor Co., Ltd., 2.82 parts by mass (wherein the pigment is 0.704 parts by mass))) and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were stirred to prepare adhesive composition 4 for jigs with a solid content concentration of 20 mass%.

(治具用黏著劑組成物5) 將作為黏著性樹脂(i)之由丙烯酸丁酯(BA,69.5質量份)、丙烯酸甲酯(MA,30質量份)以及丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯(2HEA,0.5質量份)所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物(重量平均分子量500000,玻璃轉移溫度Tg:-38℃)(100質量份))、作為交聯劑(ii)之甲苯二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(東曹股份有限公司製「Coronate L」,5質量份)、以及作為溶媒之甲基乙基酮加以攪拌,以製備固體含量濃度20質量%的治具用黏著劑組成物5。 (Adhesive composition 5 for jigs) Adhesive resin (i) made by copolymerization of butyl acrylate (BA, 69.5 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (MA, 30 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (2HEA, 0.5 parts by mass) Acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight: 500,000, glass transition temperature Tg: -38°C) (100 parts by mass)), as the crosslinking agent (ii), toluene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Coronate L", 5 parts by mass), and methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent were stirred to prepare adhesive composition 5 for jigs with a solid content concentration of 20 mass%.

[實施例1] 實施例1係以如下方式,製造如圖1所示之治具固定用黏著片1、以及圖2所示之具備保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片101。 [Example 1] In Example 1, the adhesive sheet 1 for jig fixing shown in FIG. 1 and the composite sheet 101 for protective film formation provided with the protective film forming film shown in FIG. 2 were manufactured as follows.

(1)治具固定用黏著片之製作 藉由在厚度38μm的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜之單面形成有聚矽氧系的剝離劑層而成之剝離膜(琳得科股份有限公司製SP-PET381031)(作為第一剝離膜)的剝離處理面,塗敷上述所獲得之治具用黏著劑組成物1,以115℃進行3分鐘加熱乾燥,於第一剝離膜之剝離處理面上形成厚度5μm的第一黏著劑層。於作為芯材膜之於兩面施以電暈處理之無延伸聚丙烯製膜(SunTox股份有限公司製,商品名「TP02」,厚度40μm,以下稱為「芯材膜A」)其中一側的第一面貼合上第一黏著劑層之露出面。之後,藉由於厚度38μm的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜之單面形成有聚矽氧系的剝離劑層而成之剝離膜(琳得科股份有限公司製,製品名「SP-PET381130」)(作為第二剝離膜)的剝離處理面同樣地塗敷上述所獲得之治具用黏著劑組成物1,以115℃進行3分鐘加熱乾燥,於第二剝離膜之剝離處理面上形成厚度5μm的第二黏著劑層。藉由於芯材膜A另一側之第二面貼合第二黏著劑層之露出面,以製作由第一黏著劑層、芯材膜、以及第二黏著劑層依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之實施例1的治具固定用黏著片。實施例1的治具固定用黏著片係由第一剝離膜、第一黏著劑層、芯材膜A、第二黏著劑層以及第二剝離膜依序積層而形成。 (1) Production of adhesive sheets for jig fixing A release film (SP-PET381031 manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.) formed by forming a silicone-based release agent layer on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of 38 μm (as On the peeling-treated surface of the first peeling film), apply the adhesive composition 1 for jigs obtained above, heat and dry at 115° C. for 3 minutes, and form a first peeling surface with a thickness of 5 μm on the peeling-treated surface of the first peeling film. Adhesive layer. On one side of a non-stretched polypropylene film (manufactured by SunTox Co., Ltd., trade name "TP02", thickness 40 μm, hereinafter referred to as "core film A") with corona treatment on both sides as the core film The first surface is attached to the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer. After that, a release film (manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., product name "SP") formed by forming a polysiloxane-based release agent layer on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of 38 μm was used. -PET381130") (as the second release film) (as the second release film) is similarly coated with the adhesive composition 1 for jigs obtained above, heated and dried at 115°C for 3 minutes, and applied to the release treatment surface of the second release film A second adhesive layer with a thickness of 5 μm was formed on it. By attaching the exposed surface of the second adhesive layer to the second surface of the other side of the core material film A, the first adhesive layer, the core material film, and the second adhesive layer are sequentially formed in the thickness direction of these The jig fixing adhesive sheet of Example 1 formed by lamination. The adhesive sheet for jig fixing in Example 1 is formed by sequentially laminating the first release film, the first adhesive layer, the core film A, the second adhesive layer, and the second release film.

(2)包含保護膜形成膜之第一積層體之製作 混合下列之(a)至(g)的成分,以使固體含量濃度成為50質量%的方式以甲基乙基酮進行稀釋,製備保護膜形成用組成物。 (2) Fabrication of the first laminate including the protective film forming film The following components (a) to (g) were mixed, diluted with methyl ethyl ketone so that the solid content concentration became 50% by mass, and a composition for forming a protective film was prepared.

(a)聚合物成分:(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物(丙烯酸正丁酯20質量份、丙烯酸甲酯50質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯15質量份、以及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯15質量份進行共聚所獲得之共聚物,重量平均分子量:80萬,玻璃轉移溫度:-5.6℃)120質量份(固體含量換算,以下相同)。 (b-1)熱硬化性成分:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學股份有限公司製,製品名「jER828」,環氧當量184g/eq至194g/eq)75質量份。 (b-2)熱硬化性成分:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學股份有限公司製,製品名「jER1055」,環氧當量800g/eq至900g/eq)25質量份。 (c)熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑:二氰二胺(股份有限公司ADEKA製:Adeka Hardener EH3636AS,活性水素量21g/eq)3質量份。 (d)硬化促進劑:2-苯基-4,5-二羥甲基咪唑(四國化成工業股份有限公司製,製品名「Curezol 2PHZ」)3質量份。 (e)填料:二氧化矽填料(股份有限公司Admatechs製,製品名「SC2050MA」平均粒徑:0.5μm)290質量份。 (f)著色劑:碳黑(三菱化學股份有限公司製,製品名「#MA650」,平均粒徑:28nm)1.2質量份。 (g)矽烷偶合劑:(信越化學工業股份有限公司製,製品名「KBM-403」)2質量份。 (a) Polymer composition: (meth)acrylate copolymer (20 mass parts of n-butyl acrylate, 50 mass parts of methyl acrylate, 15 mass parts of glycidyl methacrylate, and 15 mass parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate 120 parts by mass of a copolymer obtained by copolymerization (weight average molecular weight: 800,000, glass transition temperature: -5.6°C) (in terms of solid content, the same applies hereinafter). (b-1) Thermosetting component: 75 parts by mass of bisphenol A epoxy resin (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, product name "jER828", epoxy equivalent 184 g/eq to 194 g/eq). (b-2) Thermosetting component: 25 parts by mass of bisphenol A epoxy resin (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, product name "jER1055", epoxy equivalent 800 g/eq to 900 g/eq). (c) Thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener: 3 parts by mass of dicyandiamine (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.: Adeka Hardener EH3636AS, amount of active hydrogen: 21 g/eq). (d) Hardening accelerator: 3 parts by mass of 2-phenyl-4,5-dimethylolimidazole (manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., product name "Curezol 2PHZ"). (e) Filler: 290 parts by mass of silica filler (manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd., product name "SC2050MA", average particle diameter: 0.5 μm). (f) Coloring agent: 1.2 parts by mass of carbon black (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, product name "#MA650", average particle diameter: 28 nm). (g) Silane coupling agent: (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product name "KBM-403") 2 parts by mass.

作為第三剝離膜,準備了剝離膜(琳得科股份有限公司製,製品名「SP-PET381031」)。作為第四剝離膜,準備了剝離膜(琳得科股份有限公司製,製品名「SP-PET381130」)。As the third release film, a release film (manufactured by Lintec Corporation, product name "SP-PET381031") was prepared. As the fourth release film, a release film (manufactured by Lintec Corporation, product name "SP-PET381130") was prepared.

最初,在第三剝離膜之剝離面上,將前述的保護膜形成用組成物以最後所獲得之保護膜形成膜之厚度可成為25μm的方式以刀式塗佈機進行塗佈並使之乾燥,形成保護膜形成膜。之後,於保護膜形成膜重疊第四剝離膜之剝離面而貼合兩者,獲得由第三剝離膜、保護膜形成膜(厚度:25μm)以及第四剝離膜所構成之第一積層體。First, on the peeling surface of the third peeling film, the above-mentioned protective film-forming composition was applied with a knife coater so that the thickness of the finally obtained protective film-forming film could be 25 μm, and dried. , forming a protective film to form a film. After that, the release surface of the fourth release film was laminated on the protective film forming film to obtain a first laminate composed of the third releasing film, the protective film forming film (thickness: 25 μm), and the fourth releasing film.

(3)包含支撐片之第二積層體之製作 混合下列之(h)以及(i)的成分,以使固體含量濃度成為25質量%的方式以甲基乙基酮進行稀釋,製備黏著劑組成物。 (3) Fabrication of the second laminate including the support sheet The following components (h) and (i) were mixed and diluted with methyl ethyl ketone so that the solid content concentration became 25% by mass to prepare an adhesive composition.

(h)黏著主劑:(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物(丙烯酸2-乙基己酯60質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯30質量份以及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯10質量份進行共聚所獲得之共聚物,重量平均分子量:60萬)100質量份。 (i)交聯劑:三羥甲基丙烷的二甲苯二異氰酸酯加成物(三井武田化學股份有限公司製,製品名「Takenate D110N」)20質量份。 (h) Adhesive main agent: (meth)acrylate copolymer (60 mass parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 30 mass parts of methyl methacrylate and 10 mass parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate obtained by copolymerization Copolymer, weight average molecular weight: 600,000) 100 parts by mass. (i) Crosslinking agent: 20 parts by mass of xylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane (manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd., product name "Takenate D110N").

作為第五剝離膜,準備了於厚度38μm的PET膜之單面形成有聚矽氧系的剝離劑層而成之剝離膜(琳得科股份有限公司製,製品名「SP-PET381031」)。As the fifth release film, a release film (manufactured by Lintec Corporation, product name "SP-PET381031") in which a silicone-based release agent layer was formed on one side of a PET film with a thickness of 38 μm was prepared.

於第五剝離膜之剝離面上,將前述的黏著劑組成物以最後所獲得之黏著劑層之厚度可成為5μm的方式進行塗佈,以100℃進行1分鐘乾燥,形成黏著劑層。之後,於黏著劑層貼合聚丙烯膜(厚度:80μm)作為基材,獲得由支撐片(由基材以及黏著劑層所構成)、以及第五剝離膜所構成之第二積層體。On the peeling surface of the fifth peeling film, the aforementioned adhesive composition was applied so that the thickness of the finally obtained adhesive layer would be 5 μm, and dried at 100° C. for 1 minute to form an adhesive layer. Afterwards, a polypropylene film (thickness: 80 μm) was attached to the adhesive layer as a substrate to obtain a second laminate composed of a support sheet (consisting of the substrate and the adhesive layer) and a fifth release film.

(4)第三積層體之製作 自上述(2)所獲得之第一積層體剝離第四剝離膜,使保護膜形成膜露出。另一方面,自上述(3)所獲得之第二積層體剝離第五剝離膜,使黏著劑層露出。於所露出之黏著劑層以接觸於露出之保護膜形成膜的方式,將第一積層體與第二積層體以0.5m/min進行貼合,獲得由支撐片(由基材以及黏著劑層所構成)、保護膜形成膜、以及第三剝離膜進行積層而成之第三積層體。 (4) Production of the third laminated body The fourth release film was peeled from the first laminate obtained in (2) above to expose the protective film forming film. On the other hand, the fifth release film was peeled off from the second laminate obtained in the above (3) to expose the adhesive layer. In such a way that the exposed adhesive layer is in contact with the exposed protective film to form a film, the first laminate and the second laminate are bonded at a rate of 0.5m/min to obtain a support sheet (made of a substrate and an adhesive layer) constituted), a protective film forming film, and a third release film are laminated to form a third laminate.

(5)保護膜形成用複合片之製作 自實施例1的治具固定用黏著片1剝離並移除第二剝離膜152。然後,自第二黏著劑層163之側抵接圓形的衝壓刀,留下第一剝離膜151,裁切第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163的內周緣,並除去內側之圓形部分,製作於第一剝離膜151上有內側之圓形部分被除去之第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163依序積層之第四積層體。此時,第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162以及第二黏著劑層163的內周緣的直徑設為185mm。 (5) Production of composite sheets for protective film formation The second peeling film 152 was peeled off from the jig fixing adhesive sheet 1 of Example 1 and removed. Then, from the side of the second adhesive layer 163, the circular stamping knife is abutted, leaving the first peeling film 151, and the inner peripheral edges of the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163 are cut. , and remove the inner circular part, make the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162 and the second adhesive layer 163 laminated in sequence on the first release film 151 with the inner circular part removed. laminated body. At this time, the diameters of the inner peripheral edges of the first adhesive layer 161 , the core material film 162 , and the second adhesive layer 163 were set to 185 mm.

自第三積層體剝離第三剝離膜,將所露出之保護膜形成膜13與第四積層體中除去內側之圓形部分而露出之第二黏著劑層163以0.5m/min進行貼合。之後,自基材11之側以與內側之圓形呈同心圓狀的方式將圓形的衝壓刀抵接於外側,留下治具固定用黏著片1中之第一剝離膜151,對由基材11以及黏著劑層12所構成之支撐片10、保護膜形成膜13、第二黏著劑層163、芯材膜162、以及第一黏著劑層161的外周緣進行衝壓加工,並除去外側之部分,製作實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片101。此時,具有治具用黏著劑層16之實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片101的外周緣的直徑設為210mm。The third release film was peeled off from the third laminate, and the exposed protective film-forming film 13 was bonded to the second adhesive layer 163 exposed by removing the inner circular portion in the fourth laminate at a rate of 0.5 m/min. Afterwards, from the side of the base material 11, the circular stamping knife is abutted against the outside in such a way that it is concentric with the inside circle, leaving the first release film 151 in the adhesive sheet 1 for fixing the jig. The outer peripheral edges of the support sheet 10, the protective film forming film 13, the second adhesive layer 163, the core material film 162, and the first adhesive layer 161 composed of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12 are punched, and the outer edges are removed. For the part, the composite sheet 101 for protective film formation of Example 1 was produced. At this time, the diameter of the outer peripheral edge of the composite sheet 101 for protective film formation of Example 1 which has the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs was 210 mm.

實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片101係由於基材11之上積層有黏著劑層12(厚度:5μm)而成之黏著片(亦即支撐片10)、積層於黏著片之黏著劑層12側之保護膜形成膜13、積層於保護膜形成膜13中與黏著片為相反側之周緣部之環狀的治具用黏著劑層16、以及積層於治具用黏著劑層16中與保護膜形成膜13為相反側之第一剝離膜151所構成。實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片101係相當於具有剝離膜15之圖2的積層體。The composite sheet 101 for forming a protective film in Example 1 is an adhesive sheet (that is, the support sheet 10) formed by laminating the adhesive layer 12 (thickness: 5 μm) on the substrate 11, and the adhesive layer laminated on the adhesive sheet The protective film forming film 13 on the side 12, the annular adhesive layer 16 for jigs laminated on the peripheral portion of the protective film forming film 13 on the side opposite to the adhesive sheet, and the adhesive layer 16 for jigs laminated on the adhesive layer 16 and The protective film forming film 13 is constituted by the first release film 151 on the opposite side. The protective film-forming composite sheet 101 of Example 1 corresponds to the laminate in FIG. 2 having the release film 15 .

[實施例2] 除了將實施例1的治具固定用黏著片中芯材膜變更為兩面施以電暈處理之直鏈低密度聚乙烯製膜(股份有限公司AICELLO製,商品名「N-606」,厚度40μm,以下稱為「芯材膜B」)以外,係以與實施例1的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作實施例2的治具固定用黏著片。 [Example 2] Except that the core film of the adhesive sheet for jig fixing in Example 1 was changed to a linear low-density polyethylene film (manufactured by AICELLO Co., Ltd., trade name "N-606", thickness 40 μm) with corona treatment on both sides. , hereinafter referred to as "core material film B"), the jig fixing adhesive sheet of Example 2 was produced in the same manner as the jig fixing adhesive sheet of Example 1.

[實施例3] 除了將實施例1的治具固定用黏著片中芯材膜變更為兩面施以電暈處理之無延伸聚丙烯製膜(日本MATAI股份有限公司製,商品名「MK12」,厚度40μm,以下稱為「芯材膜C」)以外,係以與實施例1的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作實施例3的治具固定用黏著片。 [Example 3] In addition to changing the core film of the adhesive sheet for jig fixing in Example 1 to a non-stretched polypropylene film (manufactured by Japan MATAI Co., Ltd., trade name "MK12", thickness 40 μm, hereinafter referred to as The adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 3 was produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 1 except for "core material film C".

[實施例4] 除了將實施例1的治具固定用黏著片中芯材膜變更為兩面施以電暈處理之無延伸聚丙烯製膜(厚度50μm、23℃之楊氏模數460MPa以及F-5值(5%拉伸時之應力)20MPa的膜,以下稱為「芯材膜D」)以外,係以與實施例1的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作實施例4的治具固定用黏著片。 [Example 4] Except that the core material film in the adhesive sheet for jig fixing in Example 1 was changed to a non-stretched polypropylene film (thickness 50 μm, Young’s modulus at 23°C 460 MPa and F-5 value (5 Stress at tensile time) 20MPa film, hereinafter referred to as "core material film D"), the adhesive sheet for fixing the jig of Example 4 was produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet for fixing the jig of Example 1. piece.

[實施例5] 除了將實施例1的治具固定用黏著片中芯材膜變更為聚氯乙烯製膜(岡本股份有限公司製,商品名「OSGP42B-D23」,厚度50μm,以下稱為「芯材膜E」)以外,係以與實施例1的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作實施例5的治具固定用黏著片。 [Example 5] Except that the core film of the jig fixing adhesive sheet in Example 1 was changed to a polyvinyl chloride film (manufactured by Okamoto Co., Ltd., trade name "OSGP42B-D23", thickness 50 μm, hereinafter referred to as "core film E") ), the adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 5 was produced in the same manner as the adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 1.

[實施例6] 除了將實施例5的治具固定用黏著片中治具用黏著劑組成物1變更為治具用黏著劑組成物2以外,係以與實施例5的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作實施例6的治具固定用黏著片。 [Example 6] In the adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 5, except that the adhesive composition 1 for jig is changed to the adhesive composition 2 for jig, it is made in the same manner as the adhesive sheet for fixing jig of Example 5. The adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 6 was produced.

[實施例7] 除了將實施例5的治具固定用黏著片中治具用黏著劑組成物1變更為治具用黏著劑組成物3以外,係以與實施例5的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作實施例7的治具固定用黏著片。 [Example 7] Except changing the adhesive composition 1 for jig in the adhesive sheet for fixing jig of Example 5 to the adhesive composition 3 for jig, it is made in the same manner as the adhesive sheet for fixing jig of Example 5. The adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 7 was produced.

除了將實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片中實施例1的治具固定用黏著片變更為實施例2至實施例7的治具固定用黏著片以外,係以與實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片同樣的方式來製作實施例2至實施例7的保護膜形成用複合片。In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Example 1, the adhesive sheet for fixing jigs of Example 1 is changed to the adhesive sheets for fixing jigs of Examples 2 to 7, and the protective film of Example 1 is used. In the same manner as the composite sheet for formation, the composite sheets for protective film formation of Examples 2 to 7 were produced.

[比較例1] 除了將實施例4的治具固定用黏著片中治具用黏著劑組成物1變更為治具用黏著劑組成物4以外,係以與實施例2的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作比較例1的治具固定用黏著片。 [Comparative example 1] Except changing the adhesive composition 1 for jig in the adhesive sheet for fixing jig of Example 4 to the adhesive composition 4 for jig, it is made in the same manner as the adhesive sheet for fixing jig of Example 2. The jig fixing adhesive sheet of Comparative Example 1 was produced.

[比較例2] 除了將比較例1的治具固定用黏著片中芯材膜變更為前述芯材膜B以外,係以與比較例1的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作比較例2的治具固定用黏著片。 [Comparative example 2] The jig fixing sheet of Comparative Example 2 was produced in the same manner as the jig fixing adhesive sheet of Comparative Example 1, except that the core material film in the jig fixing adhesive sheet of Comparative Example 1 was changed to the aforementioned core material film B. Use an adhesive sheet.

[比較例3] 除了將比較例1的治具固定用黏著片中芯材膜變更為前述芯材膜E以外,係以與比較例1的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作比較例3的治具固定用黏著片。 [Comparative example 3] The jig fixing sheet of Comparative Example 3 was produced in the same manner as the jig fixing adhesive sheet of Comparative Example 1, except that the core material film in the jig fixing adhesive sheet of Comparative Example 1 was changed to the aforementioned core material film E. Use an adhesive sheet.

[比較例4] 除了將比較例1的治具固定用黏著片中治具用黏著劑組成物4變更為治具用黏著劑組成物5,並將芯材膜變更為與芯材膜E之塑化劑種類不同之聚氯乙烯製膜(岡本股份有限公司製,商品名「OSGP42B」,厚度50μm,以下稱為「芯材膜I」)以外,係以與比較例1的治具固定用黏著片同樣的方式來製作比較例4的治具固定用黏著片。 [Comparative example 4] In addition to changing the jig adhesive composition 4 in the jig fixing adhesive sheet of Comparative Example 1 to jig adhesive composition 5, and changing the core material film to a different type of plasticizer from the core material film E Except for the polyvinyl chloride film (manufactured by Okamoto Co., Ltd., trade name "OSGP42B", thickness 50 μm, hereinafter referred to as "core material film I"), the method was the same as that of the adhesive sheet for fixing the jig of Comparative Example 1. The adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Comparative Example 4 was produced.

除了將實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片中實施例1的治具固定用黏著片變更為比較例1至比較例4的治具固定用黏著片以外,係以與實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片同樣的方式來製作比較例1至比較例4的保護膜形成用複合片。In the protective film-forming composite sheet of Example 1, the adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Example 1 was changed to the adhesive sheet for jig fixing of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 4, and the protective film of Example 1 was used. In the same manner as the composite sheet for formation, the composite sheets for protective film formation of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were produced.

[加熱前之拉伸試驗] 將實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的治具固定用黏著片切斷成寬度10mm、長度80mm的長條狀。自第二黏著劑層163剝離第二剝離膜152,進而,自第一黏著劑層161剝離第一剝離膜151。對於由第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、以及第二黏著劑層163依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之治具固定用黏著片之加熱前之試驗片,使用萬能拉伸試驗機(島津製作所公司製「AUTOGRAPH」),在23℃、50%RH的環境下,以夾頭間距離50mm、拉伸速度200mm/min之條件下實施拉伸試驗,求得加熱前之斷裂伸度(X0)[%]。結果如表1所示。 [Tensile test before heating] The jig fixing adhesive sheets of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were cut into strips with a width of 10 mm and a length of 80 mm. The second peeling film 152 is peeled off from the second adhesive layer 163 , and further, the first peeling film 151 is peeled off from the first adhesive layer 161 . The universal tensile test was used for the test piece before heating of the adhesive sheet for jig fixing, which is composed of the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162, and the second adhesive layer 163 laminated in the thickness direction. Machine ("AUTOGRAPH" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), under the environment of 23 ℃ and 50% RH, the distance between chucks is 50 mm, and the tensile speed is 200 mm/min. The tensile test is carried out to obtain the elongation at break before heating Degree (X0)[%]. The results are shown in Table 1.

[加熱後之拉伸試驗] 將實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的治具固定用黏著片切斷成寬度10mm、長度80mm的長條狀,於130℃加熱2小時,放置冷卻。自第二黏著劑層163剝離第二剝離膜152,進而,自第一黏著劑層161剝離第一剝離膜151。對於由第一黏著劑層161、芯材膜162、以及第二黏著劑層163依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之治具固定用黏著片之加熱後之試驗片,使用萬能拉伸試驗機(島津製作所公司製「AUTOGRAPH」),在23℃、50%RH的環境下,以夾頭間距離50mm、拉伸速度200mm/min之條件下實施拉伸試驗,求得加熱後之斷裂強度(Ah)[N/10mm]、以及加熱後之斷裂伸度(Xh)[%]。結果如表1所示。 [Tensile test after heating] The jig fixing adhesive sheets of Examples 1 to 7, and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were cut into strips with a width of 10 mm and a length of 80 mm, heated at 130° C. for 2 hours, and left to cool. The second peeling film 152 is peeled off from the second adhesive layer 163 , and further, the first peeling film 151 is peeled off from the first adhesive layer 161 . A universal tensile test was used for the heated test piece of the jig fixing adhesive sheet composed of the first adhesive layer 161, the core material film 162, and the second adhesive layer 163 laminated sequentially in the thickness direction. Machine (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation "AUTOGRAPH"), under the environment of 23 ℃ and 50% RH, the distance between chucks is 50 mm, and the tensile speed is 200 mm/min. The tensile test is carried out to obtain the breaking strength after heating (Ah) [N/10mm], and elongation at break (Xh) [%] after heating. The results are shown in Table 1.

[加熱後之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)測定] 將實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的治具固定用黏著片切斷成寬度10mm、長度250mm的長條狀,使貼附於固定用治具之側之第一黏著劑層161露出。分別將實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的加熱前之試驗片之露出之第一黏著劑層藉由使2kg輥來回一次而貼合在SUS304之板(PALTECH公司製「SUS304♯1200HL(髮紋),厚度1000μm、尺寸70mm×150mm」)之經♯1200HL研磨加工之面上。於130℃加熱2小時。放置冷卻至成為室溫(23℃)為止之後,使用萬能拉伸試驗機(島津製作所公司製「AUTOGRAPH」),在23℃、50%RH的環境下,以使加熱前之試驗片之第一黏著劑層以及SUS304之彼此接觸之面彼此呈180°的角度的方式,以剝離速度300mm/min自SUS304剝除加熱前之試驗片,測定此時之加熱前之試驗片之第一黏著劑層以及SUS304之間的剝離力。將加熱前之試驗片歷經長度50mm進行剝離時之測定值之中,對應於最初剝離長度5mm之測定值以及對應於最後剝離長度5mm之測定值分別排除,以剩餘測定值的平均當作對加熱後之SUS之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)(N/10mm)。結果如表1所示。 [Measurement of 180° tear-off adhesion (Bh) after heating] Cut the jig-fixing adhesive sheets of Examples 1 to 7, and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 into strips with a width of 10 mm and a length of 250 mm, and make the first stick on the side of the fixing jig The adhesive layer 161 is exposed. The exposed first adhesive layer of the test pieces of Examples 1 to 7, and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 before heating was attached to a SUS304 plate (manufactured by PALTECH Co., Ltd.) by making a 2 kg roller back and forth once. "SUS304♯1200HL (hairline), thickness 1000μm, size 70mm×150mm") on the ♯1200HL polished surface. Heat at 130°C for 2 hours. After leaving to cool until it reaches room temperature (23°C), use a universal tensile testing machine ("AUTOGRAPH" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH to make the first test piece before heating The surface of the adhesive layer and SUS304 in contact with each other is at an angle of 180°, and the test piece before heating is peeled off from the SUS304 at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the first adhesive layer of the test piece before heating at this time is measured And the peel force between SUS304. Among the measured values when the test piece was peeled over a length of 50 mm before heating, the measured value corresponding to the initial peeled length of 5 mm and the measured value corresponding to the final peeled length of 5 mm were respectively excluded, and the average of the remaining measured values was taken as the pair after heating The 180° pull-off adhesion of SUS (Bh) (N/10mm). The results are shown in Table 1.

(比(Ah/Bh)之計算) 對於實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的治具固定用黏著片,比(Ah/Bh)可藉由將前述斷裂強度(Ah)除以前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)來計算而求得。結果如表1所示。 (Calculation of Ratio (Ah/Bh)) For the adhesive sheets for fixing jigs of Examples 1 to 7, and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, the ratio (Ah/Bh) can be obtained by dividing the aforementioned breaking strength (Ah) by the aforementioned 180° peel-off adhesive force (Bh) to calculate and obtain. The results are shown in Table 1.

(比(Xh/X0)之計算) 對於實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的治具固定用黏著片,比(Xh/X0)可藉由將前述斷裂伸度(Xh)除以前述斷裂伸度(X0)來計算而求得。結果如表1所示。 (Calculation of ratio (Xh/X0)) For the jig fixing adhesive sheets of Examples 1 to 7, and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, the ratio (Xh/X0) can be obtained by dividing the aforementioned elongation at break (Xh) by the aforementioned elongation at break (X0 ) to calculate and obtain. The results are shown in Table 1.

(治具固定用黏著片之剝離性的評價) 自實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的保護膜形成用複合片分別剝離第一剝離膜,將所露出之保護膜形成膜之中央部貼附於矽晶圓(直徑6吋,厚度350μm、♯2000),並將所露出之治具固定用黏著片之第一黏著劑層裝載於切割用環型框,以70℃、0.3m/min通過層壓機進行壓接,並放置20分鐘。 在治具固定用黏著片之第一黏著劑層貼附於切割用環型框之狀態下,於130℃加熱2小時,使熱硬化性保護膜形成膜硬化,之後,放置冷卻至成為室溫(23℃)為止。然後,將矽晶圓以及接著於矽晶圓之部分的保護膜自支撐片剝離而除去,將實施例1至實施例7、以及比較例1至比較例4的保護膜形成用複合片自環型框以使彼此原先接觸之面彼此呈180°的角度的方式在剝離速度11mm/s以及23mm/s之條件下進行剝離。 觀察剝離之後之治具固定用黏著片之狀態。以下列之基準來評價治具固定用黏著片之剝離性。結果如表1所示。 A:剝離時,治具用黏著劑層無斷裂。 B:剝離時,治具用黏著劑層雖無斷裂,但產生龜裂。 C:剝離時,治具用黏著劑層斷裂。 (Evaluation of Peelability of Adhesive Sheet for Jig Fixing) From the protective film forming composite sheets of Examples 1 to 7, and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, the first release film is peeled off respectively, and the central part of the exposed protective film forming film is attached to a silicon wafer (diameter 6 inches, thickness 350μm, ♯2000), and the first adhesive layer of the exposed jig fixing adhesive sheet is loaded on the ring frame for cutting, and it is crimped by a laminator at 70°C and 0.3m/min , and leave for 20 minutes. With the first adhesive layer of the jig fixing adhesive sheet attached to the ring frame for dicing, heat at 130°C for 2 hours to harden the thermosetting protective film forming film, and then leave to cool to room temperature (23°C). Then, the protective film of the silicon wafer and the part following the silicon wafer was peeled off from the supporting sheet, and the protective film forming composite sheets of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were removed from the support sheet. The formers were peeled under conditions of peeling speeds of 11 mm/s and 23 mm/s so that the surfaces that were in contact with each other formed an angle of 180°. Observe the state of the jig fixing adhesive sheet after peeling off. The peelability of the jig fixing adhesive sheet was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1. A: When peeling off, the adhesive layer for jigs was not broken. B: When peeling off, the adhesive layer for jigs was not broken, but cracks occurred. C: When peeling, the adhesive layer for jigs was broken.

[表1] 實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 實施例5 實施例6 實施例7 比較例1 比較例2 比較例3 比較例4 治具用黏著劑組成物 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 4 4 5 芯材膜 A B C D E E E D B E I 加熱前的斷裂伸度(X0)[%] 603 780 1029 1101 330 330 330 1101 780 330 320 加熱後的斷裂強度 (Ah)[N/10mm] 20 12 26 13 14 14 14 13 12 14 12 加熱後的斷裂伸度 (Xh)[%] 579 499 663 718 364 364 364 718 499 364 343 180°扯離黏著力(Bh)[N/10mm] 5.96 6.36 6.24 6.36 6.16 6.88 8.32 11.52 11.08 11.32 9.92 比(Ah/Bh) 3.36 1.89 4.17 2.04 2.27 2.03 1.68 1.13 1.08 1.24 1.21 比(Xh/X0) 0.960 0.640 0.644 0.652 1.103 1.103 1.103 0.652 0.640 1.103 1.072 剝離性(剝離速度:23mm/s) × × × × 剝離性(剝離速度:11mm/s) × × × × [Table 1] Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Comparative example 1 Comparative example 2 Comparative example 3 Comparative example 4 Adhesive composition for jig 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 4 4 5 Core film A B C D. E. E. E. D. B E. I Elongation at break before heating (X0)[%] 603 780 1029 1101 330 330 330 1101 780 330 320 Breaking strength after heating (Ah) [N/10mm] 20 12 26 13 14 14 14 13 12 14 12 Elongation at break after heating (Xh)[%] 579 499 663 718 364 364 364 718 499 364 343 180°Tear-off Adhesion (Bh)[N/10mm] 5.96 6.36 6.24 6.36 6.16 6.88 8.32 11.52 11.08 11.32 9.92 Ratio (Ah/Bh) 3.36 1.89 4.17 2.04 2.27 2.03 1.68 1.13 1.08 1.24 1.21 Ratio (Xh/X0) 0.960 0.640 0.644 0.652 1.103 1.103 1.103 0.652 0.640 1.103 1.072 Peelability (peeling speed: 23mm/s) x x x x Peelability (peeling speed: 11mm/s) x x x x

實施例1至實施例7的治具固定用黏著片、以及使用這些治具固定用黏著片所形成之實施例1至實施例7的保護膜形成用複合片,在用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,治具用黏著劑層可不斷裂地自固定用治具輕易剝離。 實施例1至實施例7的治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片中,因斷裂強度(Ah)、180°扯離黏著力(Bh)、以及比(Ah/Bh)在特定的數值範圍內,故不僅在當保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性時經過加熱步驟之後,即便當保護膜形成膜為能量線硬化性或保護膜形成膜為非硬化性之情況,在用於製造具保護膜之晶片之時,治具用黏著劑層亦可不斷裂地自固定用治具輕易剝離。進而,在保護膜形成用複合片對工件之貼附有不良情況之情形時,即便是在剝離工件而使工件可再度使用(重製)之步驟時,治具用黏著劑層亦可不斷裂地自固定用治具輕易剝離。 [產業可利用性] The adhesive sheets for fixing jigs of Examples 1 to 7, and the composite sheets for forming protective films of Examples 1 to 7 formed using these adhesive sheets for fixing jigs, were used in the production of protective films. When wafering, the adhesive layer for the jig can be easily peeled off from the jig for fixing without breaking. In the test pieces of the adhesive sheets for fixture fixing of Examples 1 to 7 heated at 130°C for 2 hours, the breaking strength (Ah), 180° tear-off adhesive force (Bh), and the ratio (Ah/Bh) Within the specified numerical range, not only after the heating step when the protective film forming film is thermosetting, even when the protective film forming film is energy ray curable or the protective film forming film is non-curable, the When manufacturing a wafer with a protective film, the adhesive layer for the jig can also be easily peeled off from the jig for fixing without breaking. Furthermore, when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is poorly adhered to the workpiece, the adhesive layer for jigs can be maintained without breaking even in the step of peeling off the workpiece to make the workpiece reusable (reworked). Self-fixing jigs are easily peeled off. [Industrial availability]

本發明係可用於以半導體裝置為代表之各種基板裝置的製造。The present invention is applicable to the manufacture of various substrate devices represented by semiconductor devices.

1:治具固定用黏著片 7:扯離機構 10,20:支撐片 10a,20a:支撐片之一側之面(第一面) 101,102,104:保護膜形成用複合片11:基材 11a:基材 11之一側之面(第一面) 12:黏著劑層 12a:黏著劑層之一側之面(第一面) 13,23,130:保護膜形成膜 13a,23a:保護膜形成膜之一側之面(第一面) 13b,23b,130b:保護膜形成膜之另一側之面(第二面) 13’:保護膜 13a’:保護膜之一側之面(第一面) 13b’:保護膜之另一側之面(第二面) 130’:切斷後之保護膜 130b’:保護膜的第二面 15:剝離膜 151:第一剝離膜 152:第二剝離膜 16:治具用黏著劑層 16a:治具用黏著劑層之一側之面(第一面) 161:第一黏著劑層 162:芯材膜 163:第二黏著劑層 18:固定用治具 501:第一積層複合片 502:第二積層複合片 503:第三積層複合片 504:第四積層複合片 9:工件 9b:工件之內面 90:晶片 90b:晶片之內面 901:具保護膜之晶片 902:具保護膜形成膜之晶片1: Adhesive sheet for jig fixing 7: Pull-off mechanism 10, 20: Support sheet 10a, 20a: One side surface (first surface) of support sheet 101, 102, 104: Composite sheet for protective film formation 11: Base material 11a: Base One side surface (first surface) of material 11 12: adhesive layer 12a: one side surface (first surface) of adhesive layer 13, 23, 130: protective film forming film 13a, 23a: one of protective film forming film Side surfaces (first surface) 13b, 23b, 130b: the other side surface (second surface) of the protective film forming film 13': protective film 13a': one side surface (first surface) 13b of the protective film ': the other side of the protective film (second surface) 130': cut protective film 130b': the second surface of the protective film 15: release film 151: first release film 152: second release film 16: Adhesive layer 16a for jig: one side (first surface) of the adhesive layer for jig 161: first adhesive layer 162: core material film 163: second adhesive layer 18: jig 501 for fixing : first laminated composite sheet 502: second laminated composite sheet 503: third laminated composite sheet 504: fourth laminated composite sheet 9: workpiece 9b: inner surface of workpiece 90: wafer 90b: inner surface of wafer 901: protective film Wafer 902: a wafer with a protective film forming film

[圖1]係示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之治具固定用黏著片之一例的剖面圖。 [圖2]係示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之一例的剖面圖。 [圖3]係示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之另一例的剖面圖。 [圖4]係示意性地表示本發明之一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又另一例的剖面圖。 [圖5A]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖5B]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖5C]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一例之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖5D]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一例之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖5E]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一例之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖5F]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一例之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖5G]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖5H]係用以示意性地說明本發明之一實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖6A]係用以示意性地說明本發明之第二實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖6B]係用以示意性地說明本發明之第二實施形態之具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一部分的剖面圖。 [圖7]係用以示意性地說明先前的具保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一例之一部分的剖面圖。 [ Fig. 1 ] is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of an adhesive sheet for fixing a jig according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 2] Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 3] Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 4] Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing yet another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5A] Fig. 5A is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating part of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5B] Fig. 5B is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating part of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5C] Fig. 5C is a partial cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5D ] is a partial cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5E ] is a partial cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [FIG. 5F] is a partial cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5G ] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating part of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5H ] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating part of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 6A] Fig. 6A is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating part of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to a second embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 6B ] is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating part of a method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to a second embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 7] Fig. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a conventional method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film.

1:治具固定用黏著片 1: Adhesive sheet for jig fixing

151:第一剝離膜 151: The first release film

152:第二剝離膜 152: Second release film

161:第一黏著劑層 161: first adhesive layer

162:芯材膜 162: core film

163:第二黏著劑層 163: second adhesive layer

Claims (12)

一種治具固定用黏著片,係用於具備保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片; 係第一黏著劑層、芯材膜、第二黏著劑層依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成; 前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂強度(Ah)相對於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片對SUS304之180°扯離黏著力(Bh)之比(Ah/Bh)為1.25以上。 An adhesive sheet for fixing a jig, which is used for a protective film forming composite sheet provided with a protective film forming film; The first adhesive layer, the core material film, and the second adhesive layer are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers; The breaking strength (Ah) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece after heating the above-mentioned fixture-fixing adhesive sheet at 130°C for 2 hours is relative to the 180° peel-off adhesion force of the test piece to SUS304 after heating at 130°C for 2 hours (Bh) ratio (Ah/Bh) is 1.25 or more. 如請求項1所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述180°扯離黏著力(Bh)為2.0N/10mm至12N/10mm。The adhesive sheet for fixture fixing as described in claim 1, wherein the aforementioned 180° tear-off adhesive force (Bh) is 2.0N/10mm to 12N/10mm. 如請求項1或2所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述斷裂強度(Ah)為6N/10mm以上。The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the breaking strength (Ah) is 6N/10mm or more. 如請求項1至3中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述第一黏著劑層以及第二黏著劑層係由含有丙烯酸樹脂之治具用黏著劑組成物所形成,前述丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量為70萬以上。The adhesive sheet for fixing a jig as described in any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are formed of an adhesive composition for a jig containing an acrylic resin, and the aforementioned The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is more than 700,000. 如請求項4所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述丙烯酸樹脂不具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元。The adhesive sheet for jig fixing according to claim 4, wherein the acrylic resin does not have a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid. 如請求項1至5中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述芯材膜之構成材料係包含直鏈低密度聚乙烯、無延伸聚丙烯或聚氯乙烯。The adhesive sheet for fixture fixing according to any one of Claims 1 to 5, wherein the constituent material of the core film includes linear low-density polyethylene, non-extended polypropylene or polyvinyl chloride. 如請求項1至6中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(Xh)為100%以上。The adhesive sheet for fixture fixing as described in any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the elongation at break obtained from the tensile test of the test piece after the above-mentioned adhesive sheet for fixture fixing is heated at 130°C for 2 hours ( Xh) is 100% or more. 如請求項1至7中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片,其中前述治具固定用黏著片於130℃加熱2小時後之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(Xh)相對於加熱前之試驗片以拉伸試驗所求得之斷裂伸度(X0)之比(Xh/X0)為0.10至1.50。The adhesive sheet for fixture fixing as described in any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the elongation at break obtained from the tensile test of the test piece after the above-mentioned adhesive sheet for fixture fixing is heated at 130°C for 2 hours ( Xh) The ratio (Xh/X0) to the elongation at break (X0) obtained by the tensile test of the test piece before heating is 0.10 to 1.50. 一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備:支撐片、設置於前述支撐片的一側之面上之保護膜形成膜、以及設置於前述支撐片的前述一側之面上或設置於前述保護膜形成膜中與前述支撐片為相反側的第一面上之周緣部附近之治具用黏著劑層; 前述治具用黏著劑層係使用如請求項1至8中任一項所記載之治具固定用黏著片所形成。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising: a support sheet, a protective film forming film provided on one side of the support sheet, and a film provided on the one side of the support sheet or on the protective film. forming an adhesive layer for jigs near the periphery of the first surface on the opposite side of the support sheet in the film; The aforementioned jig adhesive layer is formed using the jig fixing adhesive sheet described in any one of Claims 1 to 8. 如請求項9所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成膜為熱硬化性。The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 9, wherein the protective film forming film is thermosetting. 一種具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,前述具保護膜之晶片係具備:晶片、以及設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜;並且,前述具保護膜之晶片的製造方法係具有下述步驟: 於固定用治具貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片中之治具用黏著劑層,並於工件之內面貼附如請求項9或10所記載之保護膜形成用複合片中之保護膜形成膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜形成膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層複合片之步驟; 藉由於前述支撐片上將前述工件加以分割,而將前述保護膜形成膜或是前述保護膜形成膜硬化所獲得之保護膜進行切斷,以製作多個之具保護膜形成膜之晶片或是具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上之第三積層複合片之步驟;以及 將前述第三積層複合片中的前述具保護膜形成膜之晶片或是前述具保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離,藉此進行拾取之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film, the aforementioned wafer with a protective film comprises: a wafer, and a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer; and, the manufacturing method of the aforementioned wafer with a protective film has the following steps: Attach the adhesive layer for the jig in the composite sheet for forming a protective film to the jig for fixing, and attach the protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in claim 9 or 10 on the inner surface of the workpiece Forming a film, whereby the first laminated composite sheet is formed by laminating the protective film forming film on the supporting sheet and the aforementioned workpieces sequentially in the thickness direction; By dividing the workpiece on the support sheet and cutting the protective film forming film or the protective film obtained by hardening the protective film forming film, a plurality of wafers with protective film forming films or wafers with protective film forming films are produced. A step in which the chip of the protective film is fixed on the third laminated composite sheet on the aforementioned support sheet; and The step of picking up the wafer with the protective film forming film or the wafer with the protective film in the third laminated composite sheet is pulled off from the support sheet. 一種具保護膜之晶片的製造方法,前述具保護膜之晶片係具備:晶片、以及設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜;並且,前述具保護膜之晶片的製造方法係具有下述步驟: 於固定用治具貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片中之治具用黏著劑層,並於工件之內面貼附如請求項10所記載之保護膜形成用複合片中之保護膜形成膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜形成膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層複合片之步驟; 在前述第一積層複合片之周緣部貼附於前述固定用治具之狀態下,將前述第一積層複合片進行加熱使得前述保護膜形成膜硬化而形成前述保護膜,藉此製作於前述支撐片上有前述保護膜以及前述工件依序於這些之厚度方向積層而構成之第二積層複合片之步驟; 藉由於前述支撐片上將前述第二積層複合片中之前述工件加以分割,而將前述保護膜進行切斷,以製作多個之具保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上之第三積層複合片之步驟;以及 將前述第三積層複合片中的前述具保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離,藉此進行拾取之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a wafer with a protective film, the aforementioned wafer with a protective film comprises: a wafer, and a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the aforementioned wafer; and, the manufacturing method of the aforementioned wafer with a protective film has the following steps: Attach the adhesive layer for the jig in the composite sheet for forming a protective film to the jig for fixing, and attach the protective film forming film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in Claim 10 on the inner surface of the workpiece , the step of making a first laminated composite sheet formed by laminating the aforementioned protective film forming film on the aforementioned supporting sheet and the aforementioned workpieces sequentially in the thickness direction of these; In the state where the peripheral edge of the first laminated composite sheet is attached to the jig for fixing, the first laminated composite sheet is heated so that the protective film forming film is hardened to form the protective film, thereby being fabricated on the support. The second laminated composite sheet formed by laminating the aforementioned protective film and the aforementioned workpieces sequentially in the thickness direction on the sheet; By dividing the aforementioned workpiece in the aforementioned second laminated composite sheet on the aforementioned support sheet, the aforementioned protective film is cut to produce a third laminated composite sheet in which a plurality of wafers with protective films are fixed on the aforementioned support sheet steps; and The step of picking up is carried out by tearing off the aforementioned wafer with the protective film in the aforementioned third laminated composite sheet from the aforementioned supporting sheet.
TW111109967A 2021-03-22 2022-03-18 Adhesive sheet for jig fixation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for producing chip provided with protective film TW202241700A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021047594 2021-03-22
JP2021-047594 2021-03-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202241700A true TW202241700A (en) 2022-11-01

Family

ID=83396139

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111109967A TW202241700A (en) 2021-03-22 2022-03-18 Adhesive sheet for jig fixation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for producing chip provided with protective film

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2022146907A (en)
TW (1) TW202241700A (en)
WO (1) WO2022202502A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004193237A (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-07-08 Disco Abrasive Syst Ltd Wafer retaining member equipped with pressure sensitive adhesive sheet and peeling method of pressure sensitive adhesive sheet
JP4642436B2 (en) * 2004-11-12 2011-03-02 リンテック株式会社 Marking method and protective film forming and dicing sheet
JP6129705B2 (en) * 2013-09-27 2017-05-17 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
CN105899631A (en) * 2014-01-08 2016-08-24 琳得科株式会社 Composite sheet for protective-film formation
JP6391329B2 (en) * 2014-07-03 2018-09-19 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for protective film formation
JP2017071730A (en) * 2015-10-09 2017-04-13 日本合成化学工業株式会社 Adhesive sheet
JP2019079961A (en) * 2017-10-25 2019-05-23 リンテック株式会社 Semiconductor processing sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2022146907A (en) 2022-10-05
WO2022202502A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI632217B (en) Semiconductor bonded bonding sheet and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
TWI809051B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
JP7177811B2 (en) Film adhesive, semiconductor processing sheet, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP6914698B2 (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
TWI826594B (en) Heat-curable protective-membrane-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, manufacturing method of chip, use of heat-curable protective-membrane-forming film, and use of heat-curable film
JP2018123253A (en) Film-like adhesive, sheet for semiconductor processing, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TWI805704B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film
JP5785420B2 (en) Protective film forming sheet and semiconductor chip manufacturing method
JP7114013B1 (en) Adhesive sheet for fixing jig, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
KR20200145675A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
TW202241700A (en) Adhesive sheet for jig fixation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for producing chip provided with protective film
JP7465099B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
TWI836931B (en) Film adhesive and semiconductor processing sheet
TW202308850A (en) Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, manufacturing method of workpiece with protective film, and manufacturing method of processed object of workpiece with protective film for the damage/scratches on the surface of the protective film after thermal curing to become less noticeable
TW202239602A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for manufacturing processed workpiece having protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece having protective film capable of suppressing occurrence of an abnormality in a protective film even if a protective film forming film is thermally cured at a higher temperature
TW202241713A (en) Method for manufacturing support sheet, composite sheet for forming resin film, kit, and wafer with resin film wherein the support sheet is used for heating workpieces or wafers obtained by dividing workpieces
TW202313917A (en) Protective film-forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film wherein the protective film-forming film is a curable or non-curable protective film-forming film
TW202239924A (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film wherein the protective film forming film comprises an acrylic resin having no energy ray curable group
TW202337688A (en) Composite sheet and kit for forming resin film, and method for manufacturing work-piece with resin film capable of suppressing peeling of the work-piece with a resin film from the adhesive layer
TW202237770A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and wafer regeneration method capable of being easily peeled off even when a rear surface of a wafer is rough
TW202239895A (en) Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet and manufacturing method of chip having protective film wherein the protective film forming film has a gel fraction of components other than inorganic fillers of 60% or more
JP2021158181A (en) Protective film formation film, composite sheet for protective film formation, and transport method for work with protective film formation film
JPWO2020175423A1 (en) Thermosetting resin film and first protective film forming sheet
TW202105484A (en) Method for manufacturing workpiece article with first protective film
JP2021082767A (en) Kit, and method for manufacturing third laminate by use thereof